actions/release-action
1
0
Fork 0
mirror of https://gitea.com/actions/release-action.git synced 2024-11-15 14:45:38 +01:00
Code Issues Packages Projects Releases Wiki Activity

Compare commits

base: actions:21a5938ff2548f6472d89ba13b3cdd8af4c67068
Branches Tags
actions:main
..
compare: actions:23a38ad3347a4a1eae5e3dae6aa99e43a753d6b9
Branches Tags
actions:main

No commits in common. "21a5938ff2548f6472d89ba13b3cdd8af4c67068" and "23a38ad3347a4a1eae5e3dae6aa99e43a753d6b9" have entirely different histories.
21a5938ff2 ... 23a38ad334

82 changed files with 1 additions and 11006 deletions
Show Stats Expand all files Collapse all files

5
main.go
View File

@ -110,10 +110,7 @@ func getFiles(parentDir, files string) ([]string, error) {
lines := strings.Split(files, "\n")
for _, line := range lines {
line = strings.Trim(line, "'")
line = strings.TrimSpace(strings.Trim(line, `"`))
if line == "" {
continue
}
line = strings.Trim(line, `"`)
if filepath.IsAbs(line) {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("file path %s is absolute", line)
}

20
vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/LICENSE generated vendored
View File

@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
Copyright (c) 2016 The Gitea Authors
Copyright (c) 2014 The Gogs Authors
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
THE SOFTWARE.

47
vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/admin_cron.go generated vendored
View File

@ -1,47 +0,0 @@
// Copyright 2020 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
package gitea
import (
"fmt"
"time"
)
// CronTask represents a Cron task
type CronTask struct {
Name string `json:"name"`
Schedule string `json:"schedule"`
Next time.Time `json:"next"`
Prev time.Time `json:"prev"`
ExecTimes int64 `json:"exec_times"`
}
// ListCronTaskOptions list options for ListCronTasks
type ListCronTaskOptions struct {
ListOptions
}
// ListCronTasks list available cron tasks
func (c *Client) ListCronTasks(opt ListCronTaskOptions) ([]*CronTask, *Response, error) {
if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_13_0); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
opt.setDefaults()
ct := make([]*CronTask, 0, opt.PageSize)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/admin/cron?%s", opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), jsonHeader, nil, &ct)
return ct, resp, err
}
// RunCronTasks run a cron task
func (c *Client) RunCronTasks(task string) (*Response, error) {
if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_13_0); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&task); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
_, resp, err := c.getResponse("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/admin/cron/%s", task), jsonHeader, nil)
return resp, err
}

39
vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/admin_org.go generated vendored
View File

@ -1,39 +0,0 @@
// Copyright 2015 The Gogs Authors. All rights reserved.
// Copyright 2019 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
package gitea
import (
"bytes"
"encoding/json"
"fmt"
)
// AdminListOrgsOptions options for listing admin's organizations
type AdminListOrgsOptions struct {
ListOptions
}
// AdminListOrgs lists all orgs
func (c *Client) AdminListOrgs(opt AdminListOrgsOptions) ([]*Organization, *Response, error) {
opt.setDefaults()
orgs := make([]*Organization, 0, opt.PageSize)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/admin/orgs?%s", opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &orgs)
return orgs, resp, err
}
// AdminCreateOrg create an organization
func (c *Client) AdminCreateOrg(user string, opt CreateOrgOption) (*Organization, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
org := new(Organization)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/admin/users/%s/orgs", user), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), org)
return org, resp, err
}

25
vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/admin_repo.go generated vendored
View File

@ -1,25 +0,0 @@
// Copyright 2015 The Gogs Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
package gitea
import (
"bytes"
"encoding/json"
"fmt"
)
// AdminCreateRepo create a repo
func (c *Client) AdminCreateRepo(user string, opt CreateRepoOption) (*Repository, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
repo := new(Repository)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/admin/users/%s/repos", user), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), repo)
return repo, resp, err
}

130
vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/admin_user.go generated vendored
View File

@ -1,130 +0,0 @@
// Copyright 2015 The Gogs Authors. All rights reserved.
// Copyright 2019 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
package gitea
import (
"bytes"
"encoding/json"
"fmt"
)
// AdminListUsersOptions options for listing admin users
type AdminListUsersOptions struct {
ListOptions
}
// AdminListUsers lists all users
func (c *Client) AdminListUsers(opt AdminListUsersOptions) ([]*User, *Response, error) {
opt.setDefaults()
users := make([]*User, 0, opt.PageSize)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/admin/users?%s", opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &users)
return users, resp, err
}
// CreateUserOption create user options
type CreateUserOption struct {
SourceID int64 `json:"source_id"`
LoginName string `json:"login_name"`
Username string `json:"username"`
FullName string `json:"full_name"`
Email string `json:"email"`
Password string `json:"password"`
MustChangePassword *bool `json:"must_change_password"`
SendNotify bool `json:"send_notify"`
Visibility *VisibleType `json:"visibility"`
}
// Validate the CreateUserOption struct
func (opt CreateUserOption) Validate() error {
if len(opt.Email) == 0 {
return fmt.Errorf("email is empty")
}
if len(opt.Username) == 0 {
return fmt.Errorf("username is empty")
}
return nil
}
// AdminCreateUser create a user
func (c *Client) AdminCreateUser(opt CreateUserOption) (*User, *Response, error) {
if err := opt.Validate(); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
user := new(User)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", "/admin/users", jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), user)
return user, resp, err
}
// EditUserOption edit user options
type EditUserOption struct {
SourceID int64 `json:"source_id"`
LoginName string `json:"login_name"`
Email *string `json:"email"`
FullName *string `json:"full_name"`
Password string `json:"password"`
Description *string `json:"description"`
MustChangePassword *bool `json:"must_change_password"`
Website *string `json:"website"`
Location *string `json:"location"`
Active *bool `json:"active"`
Admin *bool `json:"admin"`
AllowGitHook *bool `json:"allow_git_hook"`
AllowImportLocal *bool `json:"allow_import_local"`
MaxRepoCreation *int `json:"max_repo_creation"`
ProhibitLogin *bool `json:"prohibit_login"`
AllowCreateOrganization *bool `json:"allow_create_organization"`
Restricted *bool `json:"restricted"`
Visibility *VisibleType `json:"visibility"`
}
// AdminEditUser modify user informations
func (c *Client) AdminEditUser(user string, opt EditUserOption) (*Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
_, resp, err := c.getResponse("PATCH", fmt.Sprintf("/admin/users/%s", user), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body))
return resp, err
}
// AdminDeleteUser delete one user according name
func (c *Client) AdminDeleteUser(user string) (*Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/admin/users/%s", user), nil, nil)
return resp, err
}
// AdminCreateUserPublicKey adds a public key for the user
func (c *Client) AdminCreateUserPublicKey(user string, opt CreateKeyOption) (*PublicKey, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
key := new(PublicKey)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/admin/users/%s/keys", user), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), key)
return key, resp, err
}
// AdminDeleteUserPublicKey deletes a user's public key
func (c *Client) AdminDeleteUserPublicKey(user string, keyID int) (*Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/admin/users/%s/keys/%d", user, keyID), nil, nil)
return resp, err
}

111
vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/attachment.go generated vendored
View File

@ -1,111 +0,0 @@
// Copyright 2017 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
package gitea // import "code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea"
import (
"bytes"
"encoding/json"
"fmt"
"io"
"mime/multipart"
"net/http"
"time"
)
// Attachment a generic attachment
type Attachment struct {
ID int64 `json:"id"`
Name string `json:"name"`
Size int64 `json:"size"`
DownloadCount int64 `json:"download_count"`
Created time.Time `json:"created_at"`
UUID string `json:"uuid"`
DownloadURL string `json:"browser_download_url"`
}
// ListReleaseAttachmentsOptions options for listing release's attachments
type ListReleaseAttachmentsOptions struct {
ListOptions
}
// ListReleaseAttachments list release's attachments
func (c *Client) ListReleaseAttachments(user, repo string, release int64, opt ListReleaseAttachmentsOptions) ([]*Attachment, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
opt.setDefaults()
attachments := make([]*Attachment, 0, opt.PageSize)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET",
fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/releases/%d/assets?%s", user, repo, release, opt.getURLQuery().Encode()),
nil, nil, &attachments)
return attachments, resp, err
}
// GetReleaseAttachment returns the requested attachment
func (c *Client) GetReleaseAttachment(user, repo string, release int64, id int64) (*Attachment, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
a := new(Attachment)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET",
fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/releases/%d/assets/%d", user, repo, release, id),
nil, nil, &a)
return a, resp, err
}
// CreateReleaseAttachment creates an attachment for the given release
func (c *Client) CreateReleaseAttachment(user, repo string, release int64, file io.Reader, filename string) (*Attachment, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
// Write file to body
body := new(bytes.Buffer)
writer := multipart.NewWriter(body)
part, err := writer.CreateFormFile("attachment", filename)
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
if _, err = io.Copy(part, file); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
if err = writer.Close(); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
// Send request
attachment := new(Attachment)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST",
fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/releases/%d/assets", user, repo, release),
http.Header{"Content-Type": {writer.FormDataContentType()}}, body, &attachment)
return attachment, resp, err
}
// EditAttachmentOptions options for editing attachments
type EditAttachmentOptions struct {
Name string `json:"name"`
}
// EditReleaseAttachment updates the given attachment with the given options
func (c *Client) EditReleaseAttachment(user, repo string, release int64, attachment int64, form EditAttachmentOptions) (*Attachment, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
body, err := json.Marshal(&form)
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
attach := new(Attachment)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("PATCH", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/releases/%d/assets/%d", user, repo, release, attachment), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), attach)
return attach, resp, err
}
// DeleteReleaseAttachment deletes the given attachment including the uploaded file
func (c *Client) DeleteReleaseAttachment(user, repo string, release int64, id int64) (*Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/releases/%d/assets/%d", user, repo, release, id), nil, nil)
return resp, err
}

347
vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/client.go generated vendored
View File

@ -1,347 +0,0 @@
// Copyright 2014 The Gogs Authors. All rights reserved.
// Copyright 2020 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
package gitea
import (
"context"
"encoding/json"
"errors"
"fmt"
"io"
"io/ioutil"
"net/http"
"net/url"
"strings"
"sync"
"github.com/hashicorp/go-version"
)
var jsonHeader = http.Header{"content-type": []string{"application/json"}}
// Version return the library version
func Version() string {
return "0.15.1"
}
// Client represents a thread-safe Gitea API client.
type Client struct {
url string
accessToken string
username string
password string
otp string
sudo string
debug bool
client *http.Client
ctx context.Context
mutex sync.RWMutex
serverVersion *version.Version
getVersionOnce sync.Once
ignoreVersion bool // only set by SetGiteaVersion so don't need a mutex lock
}
// Response represents the gitea response
type Response struct {
*http.Response
}
// ClientOption are functions used to init a new client
type ClientOption func(*Client) error
// NewClient initializes and returns a API client.
// Usage of all gitea.Client methods is concurrency-safe.
func NewClient(url string, options ...ClientOption) (*Client, error) {
client := &Client{
url: strings.TrimSuffix(url, "/"),
client: &http.Client{},
ctx: context.Background(),
}
for _, opt := range options {
if err := opt(client); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
}
if err := client.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_11_0); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
return client, nil
}
// NewClientWithHTTP creates an API client with a custom http client
// Deprecated use SetHTTPClient option
func NewClientWithHTTP(url string, httpClient *http.Client) *Client {
client, _ := NewClient(url, SetHTTPClient(httpClient))
return client
}
// SetHTTPClient is an option for NewClient to set custom http client
func SetHTTPClient(httpClient *http.Client) ClientOption {
return func(client *Client) error {
client.SetHTTPClient(httpClient)
return nil
}
}
// SetHTTPClient replaces default http.Client with user given one.
func (c *Client) SetHTTPClient(client *http.Client) {
c.mutex.Lock()
c.client = client
c.mutex.Unlock()
}
// SetToken is an option for NewClient to set token
func SetToken(token string) ClientOption {
return func(client *Client) error {
client.mutex.Lock()
client.accessToken = token
client.mutex.Unlock()
return nil
}
}
// SetBasicAuth is an option for NewClient to set username and password
func SetBasicAuth(username, password string) ClientOption {
return func(client *Client) error {
client.SetBasicAuth(username, password)
return nil
}
}
// SetBasicAuth sets username and password
func (c *Client) SetBasicAuth(username, password string) {
c.mutex.Lock()
c.username, c.password = username, password
c.mutex.Unlock()
}
// SetOTP is an option for NewClient to set OTP for 2FA
func SetOTP(otp string) ClientOption {
return func(client *Client) error {
client.SetOTP(otp)
return nil
}
}
// SetOTP sets OTP for 2FA
func (c *Client) SetOTP(otp string) {
c.mutex.Lock()
c.otp = otp
c.mutex.Unlock()
}
// SetContext is an option for NewClient to set the default context
func SetContext(ctx context.Context) ClientOption {
return func(client *Client) error {
client.SetContext(ctx)
return nil
}
}
// SetContext set default context witch is used for http requests
func (c *Client) SetContext(ctx context.Context) {
c.mutex.Lock()
c.ctx = ctx
c.mutex.Unlock()
}
// SetSudo is an option for NewClient to set sudo header
func SetSudo(sudo string) ClientOption {
return func(client *Client) error {
client.SetSudo(sudo)
return nil
}
}
// SetSudo sets username to impersonate.
func (c *Client) SetSudo(sudo string) {
c.mutex.Lock()
c.sudo = sudo
c.mutex.Unlock()
}
// SetDebugMode is an option for NewClient to enable debug mode
func SetDebugMode() ClientOption {
return func(client *Client) error {
client.mutex.Lock()
client.debug = true
client.mutex.Unlock()
return nil
}
}
func (c *Client) getWebResponse(method, path string, body io.Reader) ([]byte, *Response, error) {
c.mutex.RLock()
debug := c.debug
if debug {
fmt.Printf("%s: %s\nBody: %v\n", method, c.url+path, body)
}
req, err := http.NewRequestWithContext(c.ctx, method, c.url+path, body)
client := c.client // client ref can change from this point on so safe it
c.mutex.RUnlock()
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
resp, err := client.Do(req)
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
defer resp.Body.Close()
data, err := ioutil.ReadAll(resp.Body)
if debug {
fmt.Printf("Response: %v\n\n", resp)
}
return data, &Response{resp}, nil
}
func (c *Client) doRequest(method, path string, header http.Header, body io.Reader) (*Response, error) {
c.mutex.RLock()
debug := c.debug
if debug {
fmt.Printf("%s: %s\nHeader: %v\nBody: %s\n", method, c.url+"/api/v1"+path, header, body)
}
req, err := http.NewRequestWithContext(c.ctx, method, c.url+"/api/v1"+path, body)
if err != nil {
c.mutex.RUnlock()
return nil, err
}
if len(c.accessToken) != 0 {
req.Header.Set("Authorization", "token "+c.accessToken)
}
if len(c.otp) != 0 {
req.Header.Set("X-GITEA-OTP", c.otp)
}
if len(c.username) != 0 {
req.SetBasicAuth(c.username, c.password)
}
if len(c.sudo) != 0 {
req.Header.Set("Sudo", c.sudo)
}
client := c.client // client ref can change from this point on so safe it
c.mutex.RUnlock()
for k, v := range header {
req.Header[k] = v
}
resp, err := client.Do(req)
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
if debug {
fmt.Printf("Response: %v\n\n", resp)
}
return &Response{resp}, nil
}
// Converts a response for a HTTP status code indicating an error condition
// (non-2XX) to a well-known error value and response body. For non-problematic
// (2XX) status codes nil will be returned. Note that on a non-2XX response, the
// response body stream will have been read and, hence, is closed on return.
func statusCodeToErr(resp *Response) (body []byte, err error) {
// no error
if resp.StatusCode/100 == 2 {
return nil, nil
}
//
// error: body will be read for details
//
defer resp.Body.Close()
data, err := ioutil.ReadAll(resp.Body)
if err != nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("body read on HTTP error %d: %v", resp.StatusCode, err)
}
switch resp.StatusCode {
case 403:
return data, errors.New("403 Forbidden")
case 404:
return data, errors.New("404 Not Found")
case 409:
return data, errors.New("409 Conflict")
case 422:
return data, fmt.Errorf("422 Unprocessable Entity: %s", string(data))
}
path := resp.Request.URL.Path
method := resp.Request.Method
header := resp.Request.Header
errMap := make(map[string]interface{})
if err = json.Unmarshal(data, &errMap); err != nil {
// when the JSON can't be parsed, data was probably empty or a
// plain string, so we try to return a helpful error anyway
return data, fmt.Errorf("Unknown API Error: %d\nRequest: '%s' with '%s' method '%s' header and '%s' body", resp.StatusCode, path, method, header, string(data))
}
return data, errors.New(errMap["message"].(string))
}
func (c *Client) getResponse(method, path string, header http.Header, body io.Reader) ([]byte, *Response, error) {
resp, err := c.doRequest(method, path, header, body)
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
defer resp.Body.Close()
// check for errors
data, err := statusCodeToErr(resp)
if err != nil {
return data, resp, err
}
// success (2XX), read body
data, err = ioutil.ReadAll(resp.Body)
if err != nil {
return nil, resp, err
}
return data, resp, nil
}
func (c *Client) getParsedResponse(method, path string, header http.Header, body io.Reader, obj interface{}) (*Response, error) {
data, resp, err := c.getResponse(method, path, header, body)
if err != nil {
return resp, err
}
return resp, json.Unmarshal(data, obj)
}
func (c *Client) getStatusCode(method, path string, header http.Header, body io.Reader) (int, *Response, error) {
resp, err := c.doRequest(method, path, header, body)
if err != nil {
return -1, resp, err
}
defer resp.Body.Close()
return resp.StatusCode, resp, nil
}
// pathEscapeSegments escapes segments of a path while not escaping forward slash
func pathEscapeSegments(path string) string {
slice := strings.Split(path, "/")
for index := range slice {
slice[index] = url.PathEscape(slice[index])
}
escapedPath := strings.Join(slice, "/")
return escapedPath
}
// escapeValidatePathSegments is a help function to validate and encode url path segments
func escapeValidatePathSegments(seg ...*string) error {
for i := range seg {
if seg[i] == nil || len(*seg[i]) == 0 {
return fmt.Errorf("path segment [%d] is empty", i)
}
*seg[i] = url.PathEscape(*seg[i])
}
return nil
}

5
vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/doc.go generated vendored
View File

@ -1,5 +0,0 @@
// Copyright 2016 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
package gitea // import "code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea"

49
vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/fork.go generated vendored
View File

@ -1,49 +0,0 @@
// Copyright 2016 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
package gitea
import (
"bytes"
"encoding/json"
"fmt"
)
// ListForksOptions options for listing repository's forks
type ListForksOptions struct {
ListOptions
}
// ListForks list a repository's forks
func (c *Client) ListForks(user string, repo string, opt ListForksOptions) ([]*Repository, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
opt.setDefaults()
forks := make([]*Repository, opt.PageSize)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET",
fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/forks?%s", user, repo, opt.getURLQuery().Encode()),
nil, nil, &forks)
return forks, resp, err
}
// CreateForkOption options for creating a fork
type CreateForkOption struct {
// organization name, if forking into an organization
Organization *string `json:"organization"`
}
// CreateFork create a fork of a repository
func (c *Client) CreateFork(user, repo string, form CreateForkOption) (*Repository, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
body, err := json.Marshal(form)
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
fork := new(Repository)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/forks", user, repo), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), &fork)
return fork, resp, err
}

28
vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/git_blob.go generated vendored
View File

@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
// Copyright 2020 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
package gitea
import (
"fmt"
)
// GitBlobResponse represents a git blob
type GitBlobResponse struct {
Content string `json:"content"`
Encoding string `json:"encoding"`
URL string `json:"url"`
SHA string `json:"sha"`
Size int64 `json:"size"`
}
// GetBlob get the blob of a repository file
func (c *Client) GetBlob(user, repo, sha string) (*GitBlobResponse, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo, &sha); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
blob := new(GitBlobResponse)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/git/blobs/%s", user, repo, sha), nil, nil, blob)
return blob, resp, err
}

71
vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/git_hook.go generated vendored
View File

@ -1,71 +0,0 @@
// Copyright 2019 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
package gitea
import (
"bytes"
"encoding/json"
"fmt"
)
// GitHook represents a Git repository hook
type GitHook struct {
Name string `json:"name"`
IsActive bool `json:"is_active"`
Content string `json:"content,omitempty"`
}
// ListRepoGitHooksOptions options for listing repository's githooks
type ListRepoGitHooksOptions struct {
ListOptions
}
// ListRepoGitHooks list all the Git hooks of one repository
func (c *Client) ListRepoGitHooks(user, repo string, opt ListRepoGitHooksOptions) ([]*GitHook, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
opt.setDefaults()
hooks := make([]*GitHook, 0, opt.PageSize)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/hooks/git?%s", user, repo, opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &hooks)
return hooks, resp, err
}
// GetRepoGitHook get a Git hook of a repository
func (c *Client) GetRepoGitHook(user, repo, id string) (*GitHook, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo, &id); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
h := new(GitHook)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/hooks/git/%s", user, repo, id), nil, nil, h)
return h, resp, err
}
// EditGitHookOption options when modifying one Git hook
type EditGitHookOption struct {
Content string `json:"content"`
}
// EditRepoGitHook modify one Git hook of a repository
func (c *Client) EditRepoGitHook(user, repo, id string, opt EditGitHookOption) (*Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo, &id); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
_, resp, err := c.getResponse("PATCH", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/hooks/git/%s", user, repo, id), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body))
return resp, err
}
// DeleteRepoGitHook delete one Git hook from a repository
func (c *Client) DeleteRepoGitHook(user, repo, id string) (*Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo, &id); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/hooks/git/%s", user, repo, id), nil, nil)
return resp, err
}

20
vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/helper.go generated vendored
View File

@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
// Copyright 2020 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
package gitea
// OptionalBool convert a bool to a bool reference
func OptionalBool(v bool) *bool {
return &v
}
// OptionalString convert a string to a string reference
func OptionalString(v string) *string {
return &v
}
// OptionalInt64 convert a int64 to a int64 reference
func OptionalInt64(v int64) *int64 {
return &v
}

194
vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/hook.go generated vendored
View File

@ -1,194 +0,0 @@
// Copyright 2014 The Gogs Authors. All rights reserved.
// Copyright 2017 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
package gitea
import (
"bytes"
"encoding/json"
"fmt"
"time"
)
// Hook a hook is a web hook when one repository changed
type Hook struct {
ID int64 `json:"id"`
Type string `json:"type"`
URL string `json:"-"`
Config map[string]string `json:"config"`
Events []string `json:"events"`
Active bool `json:"active"`
Updated time.Time `json:"updated_at"`
Created time.Time `json:"created_at"`
}
// HookType represent all webhook types gitea currently offer
type HookType string
const (
// HookTypeDingtalk webhook that dingtalk understand
HookTypeDingtalk HookType = "dingtalk"
// HookTypeDiscord webhook that discord understand
HookTypeDiscord HookType = "discord"
// HookTypeGitea webhook that gitea understand
HookTypeGitea HookType = "gitea"
// HookTypeGogs webhook that gogs understand
HookTypeGogs HookType = "gogs"
// HookTypeMsteams webhook that msteams understand
HookTypeMsteams HookType = "msteams"
// HookTypeSlack webhook that slack understand
HookTypeSlack HookType = "slack"
// HookTypeTelegram webhook that telegram understand
HookTypeTelegram HookType = "telegram"
// HookTypeFeishu webhook that feishu understand
HookTypeFeishu HookType = "feishu"
)
// ListHooksOptions options for listing hooks
type ListHooksOptions struct {
ListOptions
}
// ListOrgHooks list all the hooks of one organization
func (c *Client) ListOrgHooks(org string, opt ListHooksOptions) ([]*Hook, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&org); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
opt.setDefaults()
hooks := make([]*Hook, 0, opt.PageSize)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/orgs/%s/hooks?%s", org, opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &hooks)
return hooks, resp, err
}
// ListRepoHooks list all the hooks of one repository
func (c *Client) ListRepoHooks(user, repo string, opt ListHooksOptions) ([]*Hook, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
opt.setDefaults()
hooks := make([]*Hook, 0, opt.PageSize)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/hooks?%s", user, repo, opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &hooks)
return hooks, resp, err
}
// GetOrgHook get a hook of an organization
func (c *Client) GetOrgHook(org string, id int64) (*Hook, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&org); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
h := new(Hook)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/orgs/%s/hooks/%d", org, id), nil, nil, h)
return h, resp, err
}
// GetRepoHook get a hook of a repository
func (c *Client) GetRepoHook(user, repo string, id int64) (*Hook, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
h := new(Hook)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/hooks/%d", user, repo, id), nil, nil, h)
return h, resp, err
}
// CreateHookOption options when create a hook
type CreateHookOption struct {
Type HookType `json:"type"`
Config map[string]string `json:"config"`
Events []string `json:"events"`
BranchFilter string `json:"branch_filter"`
Active bool `json:"active"`
}
// Validate the CreateHookOption struct
func (opt CreateHookOption) Validate() error {
if len(opt.Type) == 0 {
return fmt.Errorf("hook type needed")
}
return nil
}
// CreateOrgHook create one hook for an organization, with options
func (c *Client) CreateOrgHook(org string, opt CreateHookOption) (*Hook, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&org); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
if err := opt.Validate(); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
h := new(Hook)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/orgs/%s/hooks", org), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), h)
return h, resp, err
}
// CreateRepoHook create one hook for a repository, with options
func (c *Client) CreateRepoHook(user, repo string, opt CreateHookOption) (*Hook, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
h := new(Hook)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/hooks", user, repo), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), h)
return h, resp, err
}
// EditHookOption options when modify one hook
type EditHookOption struct {
Config map[string]string `json:"config"`
Events []string `json:"events"`
BranchFilter string `json:"branch_filter"`
Active *bool `json:"active"`
}
// EditOrgHook modify one hook of an organization, with hook id and options
func (c *Client) EditOrgHook(org string, id int64, opt EditHookOption) (*Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&org); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
_, resp, err := c.getResponse("PATCH", fmt.Sprintf("/orgs/%s/hooks/%d", org, id), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body))
return resp, err
}
// EditRepoHook modify one hook of a repository, with hook id and options
func (c *Client) EditRepoHook(user, repo string, id int64, opt EditHookOption) (*Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
_, resp, err := c.getResponse("PATCH", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/hooks/%d", user, repo, id), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body))
return resp, err
}
// DeleteOrgHook delete one hook from an organization, with hook id
func (c *Client) DeleteOrgHook(org string, id int64) (*Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&org); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/orgs/%s/hooks/%d", org, id), nil, nil)
return resp, err
}
// DeleteRepoHook delete one hook from a repository, with hook id
func (c *Client) DeleteRepoHook(user, repo string, id int64) (*Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/hooks/%d", user, repo, id), nil, nil)
return resp, err
}

288
vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/issue.go generated vendored
View File

@ -1,288 +0,0 @@
// Copyright 2016 The Gogs Authors. All rights reserved.
// Copyright 2019 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
package gitea
import (
"bytes"
"encoding/json"
"fmt"
"net/url"
"strings"
"time"
)
// PullRequestMeta PR info if an issue is a PR
type PullRequestMeta struct {
HasMerged bool `json:"merged"`
Merged *time.Time `json:"merged_at"`
}
// RepositoryMeta basic repository information
type RepositoryMeta struct {
ID int64 `json:"id"`
Name string `json:"name"`
Owner string `json:"owner"`
FullName string `json:"full_name"`
}
// Issue represents an issue in a repository
type Issue struct {
ID int64 `json:"id"`
URL string `json:"url"`
HTMLURL string `json:"html_url"`
Index int64 `json:"number"`
Poster *User `json:"user"`
OriginalAuthor string `json:"original_author"`
OriginalAuthorID int64 `json:"original_author_id"`
Title string `json:"title"`
Body string `json:"body"`
Ref string `json:"ref"`
Labels []*Label `json:"labels"`
Milestone *Milestone `json:"milestone"`
Assignees []*User `json:"assignees"`
// Whether the issue is open or closed
State StateType `json:"state"`
IsLocked bool `json:"is_locked"`
Comments int `json:"comments"`
Created time.Time `json:"created_at"`
Updated time.Time `json:"updated_at"`
Closed *time.Time `json:"closed_at"`
Deadline *time.Time `json:"due_date"`
PullRequest *PullRequestMeta `json:"pull_request"`
Repository *RepositoryMeta `json:"repository"`
}
// ListIssueOption list issue options
type ListIssueOption struct {
ListOptions
State StateType
Type IssueType
Labels []string
Milestones []string
KeyWord string
Since time.Time
Before time.Time
// filter by created by username
CreatedBy string
// filter by assigned to username
AssignedBy string
// filter by username mentioned
MentionedBy string
}
// StateType issue state type
type StateType string
const (
// StateOpen pr/issue is opend
StateOpen StateType = "open"
// StateClosed pr/issue is closed
StateClosed StateType = "closed"
// StateAll is all
StateAll StateType = "all"
)
// IssueType is issue a pull or only an issue
type IssueType string
const (
// IssueTypeAll pr and issue
IssueTypeAll IssueType = ""
// IssueTypeIssue only issues
IssueTypeIssue IssueType = "issues"
// IssueTypePull only pulls
IssueTypePull IssueType = "pulls"
)
// QueryEncode turns options into querystring argument
func (opt *ListIssueOption) QueryEncode() string {
query := opt.getURLQuery()
if len(opt.State) > 0 {
query.Add("state", string(opt.State))
}
if len(opt.Labels) > 0 {
query.Add("labels", strings.Join(opt.Labels, ","))
}
if len(opt.KeyWord) > 0 {
query.Add("q", opt.KeyWord)
}
query.Add("type", string(opt.Type))
if len(opt.Milestones) > 0 {
query.Add("milestones", strings.Join(opt.Milestones, ","))
}
if !opt.Since.IsZero() {
query.Add("since", opt.Since.Format(time.RFC3339))
}
if !opt.Before.IsZero() {
query.Add("before", opt.Before.Format(time.RFC3339))
}
if len(opt.CreatedBy) > 0 {
query.Add("created_by", opt.CreatedBy)
}
if len(opt.AssignedBy) > 0 {
query.Add("assigned_by", opt.AssignedBy)
}
if len(opt.MentionedBy) > 0 {
query.Add("mentioned_by", opt.MentionedBy)
}
return query.Encode()
}
// ListIssues returns all issues assigned the authenticated user
func (c *Client) ListIssues(opt ListIssueOption) ([]*Issue, *Response, error) {
opt.setDefaults()
issues := make([]*Issue, 0, opt.PageSize)
link, _ := url.Parse("/repos/issues/search")
link.RawQuery = opt.QueryEncode()
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", link.String(), jsonHeader, nil, &issues)
if e := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); e != nil {
for i := 0; i < len(issues); i++ {
if issues[i].Repository != nil {
issues[i].Repository.Owner = strings.Split(issues[i].Repository.FullName, "/")[0]
}
}
}
for i := range issues {
c.issueBackwardsCompatibility(issues[i])
}
return issues, resp, err
}
// ListRepoIssues returns all issues for a given repository
func (c *Client) ListRepoIssues(owner, repo string, opt ListIssueOption) ([]*Issue, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
opt.setDefaults()
issues := make([]*Issue, 0, opt.PageSize)
link, _ := url.Parse(fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues", owner, repo))
link.RawQuery = opt.QueryEncode()
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", link.String(), jsonHeader, nil, &issues)
if e := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); e != nil {
for i := 0; i < len(issues); i++ {
if issues[i].Repository != nil {
issues[i].Repository.Owner = strings.Split(issues[i].Repository.FullName, "/")[0]
}
}
}
for i := range issues {
c.issueBackwardsCompatibility(issues[i])
}
return issues, resp, err
}
// GetIssue returns a single issue for a given repository
func (c *Client) GetIssue(owner, repo string, index int64) (*Issue, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
issue := new(Issue)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/%d", owner, repo, index), nil, nil, issue)
if e := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); e != nil && issue.Repository != nil {
issue.Repository.Owner = strings.Split(issue.Repository.FullName, "/")[0]
}
c.issueBackwardsCompatibility(issue)
return issue, resp, err
}
// CreateIssueOption options to create one issue
type CreateIssueOption struct {
Title string `json:"title"`
Body string `json:"body"`
Ref string `json:"ref"`
Assignees []string `json:"assignees"`
Deadline *time.Time `json:"due_date"`
// milestone id
Milestone int64 `json:"milestone"`
// list of label ids
Labels []int64 `json:"labels"`
Closed bool `json:"closed"`
}
// Validate the CreateIssueOption struct
func (opt CreateIssueOption) Validate() error {
if len(strings.TrimSpace(opt.Title)) == 0 {
return fmt.Errorf("title is empty")
}
return nil
}
// CreateIssue create a new issue for a given repository
func (c *Client) CreateIssue(owner, repo string, opt CreateIssueOption) (*Issue, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
if err := opt.Validate(); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
issue := new(Issue)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues", owner, repo),
jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), issue)
c.issueBackwardsCompatibility(issue)
return issue, resp, err
}
// EditIssueOption options for editing an issue
type EditIssueOption struct {
Title string `json:"title"`
Body *string `json:"body"`
Ref *string `json:"ref"`
Assignees []string `json:"assignees"`
Milestone *int64 `json:"milestone"`
State *StateType `json:"state"`
Deadline *time.Time `json:"due_date"`
RemoveDeadline *bool `json:"unset_due_date"`
}
// Validate the EditIssueOption struct
func (opt EditIssueOption) Validate() error {
if len(opt.Title) != 0 && len(strings.TrimSpace(opt.Title)) == 0 {
return fmt.Errorf("title is empty")
}
return nil
}
// EditIssue modify an existing issue for a given repository
func (c *Client) EditIssue(owner, repo string, index int64, opt EditIssueOption) (*Issue, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
if err := opt.Validate(); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
issue := new(Issue)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("PATCH",
fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/%d", owner, repo, index),
jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), issue)
c.issueBackwardsCompatibility(issue)
return issue, resp, err
}
func (c *Client) issueBackwardsCompatibility(issue *Issue) {
if c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0) != nil {
c.mutex.RLock()
issue.HTMLURL = fmt.Sprintf("%s/%s/issues/%d", c.url, issue.Repository.FullName, issue.Index)
c.mutex.RUnlock()
}
}

154
vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/issue_comment.go generated vendored
View File

@ -1,154 +0,0 @@
// Copyright 2016 The Gogs Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
package gitea
import (
"bytes"
"encoding/json"
"fmt"
"net/url"
"time"
)
// Comment represents a comment on a commit or issue
type Comment struct {
ID int64 `json:"id"`
HTMLURL string `json:"html_url"`
PRURL string `json:"pull_request_url"`
IssueURL string `json:"issue_url"`
Poster *User `json:"user"`
OriginalAuthor string `json:"original_author"`
OriginalAuthorID int64 `json:"original_author_id"`
Body string `json:"body"`
Created time.Time `json:"created_at"`
Updated time.Time `json:"updated_at"`
}
// ListIssueCommentOptions list comment options
type ListIssueCommentOptions struct {
ListOptions
Since time.Time
Before time.Time
}
// QueryEncode turns options into querystring argument
func (opt *ListIssueCommentOptions) QueryEncode() string {
query := opt.getURLQuery()
if !opt.Since.IsZero() {
query.Add("since", opt.Since.Format(time.RFC3339))
}
if !opt.Before.IsZero() {
query.Add("before", opt.Before.Format(time.RFC3339))
}
return query.Encode()
}
// ListIssueComments list comments on an issue.
func (c *Client) ListIssueComments(owner, repo string, index int64, opt ListIssueCommentOptions) ([]*Comment, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
opt.setDefaults()
link, _ := url.Parse(fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/%d/comments", owner, repo, index))
link.RawQuery = opt.QueryEncode()
comments := make([]*Comment, 0, opt.PageSize)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", link.String(), nil, nil, &comments)
return comments, resp, err
}
// ListRepoIssueComments list comments for a given repo.
func (c *Client) ListRepoIssueComments(owner, repo string, opt ListIssueCommentOptions) ([]*Comment, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
opt.setDefaults()
link, _ := url.Parse(fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/comments", owner, repo))
link.RawQuery = opt.QueryEncode()
comments := make([]*Comment, 0, opt.PageSize)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", link.String(), nil, nil, &comments)
return comments, resp, err
}
// GetIssueComment get a comment for a given repo by id.
func (c *Client) GetIssueComment(owner, repo string, id int64) (*Comment, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
comment := new(Comment)
if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil {
return comment, nil, err
}
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/comments/%d", owner, repo, id), nil, nil, &comment)
return comment, resp, err
}
// CreateIssueCommentOption options for creating a comment on an issue
type CreateIssueCommentOption struct {
Body string `json:"body"`
}
// Validate the CreateIssueCommentOption struct
func (opt CreateIssueCommentOption) Validate() error {
if len(opt.Body) == 0 {
return fmt.Errorf("body is empty")
}
return nil
}
// CreateIssueComment create comment on an issue.
func (c *Client) CreateIssueComment(owner, repo string, index int64, opt CreateIssueCommentOption) (*Comment, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
if err := opt.Validate(); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
comment := new(Comment)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/%d/comments", owner, repo, index), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), comment)
return comment, resp, err
}
// EditIssueCommentOption options for editing a comment
type EditIssueCommentOption struct {
Body string `json:"body"`
}
// Validate the EditIssueCommentOption struct
func (opt EditIssueCommentOption) Validate() error {
if len(opt.Body) == 0 {
return fmt.Errorf("body is empty")
}
return nil
}
// EditIssueComment edits an issue comment.
func (c *Client) EditIssueComment(owner, repo string, commentID int64, opt EditIssueCommentOption) (*Comment, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
if err := opt.Validate(); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
comment := new(Comment)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("PATCH", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/comments/%d", owner, repo, commentID), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), comment)
return comment, resp, err
}
// DeleteIssueComment deletes an issue comment.
func (c *Client) DeleteIssueComment(owner, repo string, commentID int64) (*Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/comments/%d", owner, repo, commentID), nil, nil)
return resp, err
}

211
vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/issue_label.go generated vendored
View File

@ -1,211 +0,0 @@
// Copyright 2016 The Gogs Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
package gitea
import (
"bytes"
"encoding/json"
"fmt"
"regexp"
"strings"
)
// Label a label to an issue or a pr
type Label struct {
ID int64 `json:"id"`
Name string `json:"name"`
// example: 00aabb
Color string `json:"color"`
Description string `json:"description"`
URL string `json:"url"`
}
// ListLabelsOptions options for listing repository's labels
type ListLabelsOptions struct {
ListOptions
}
// ListRepoLabels list labels of one repository
func (c *Client) ListRepoLabels(owner, repo string, opt ListLabelsOptions) ([]*Label, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
opt.setDefaults()
labels := make([]*Label, 0, opt.PageSize)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/labels?%s", owner, repo, opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &labels)
return labels, resp, err
}
// GetRepoLabel get one label of repository by repo it
func (c *Client) GetRepoLabel(owner, repo string, id int64) (*Label, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
label := new(Label)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/labels/%d", owner, repo, id), nil, nil, label)
return label, resp, err
}
// CreateLabelOption options for creating a label
type CreateLabelOption struct {
Name string `json:"name"`
// example: #00aabb
Color string `json:"color"`
Description string `json:"description"`
}
// Validate the CreateLabelOption struct
func (opt CreateLabelOption) Validate() error {
aw, err := regexp.MatchString("^#?[0-9,a-f,A-F]{6}$", opt.Color)
if err != nil {
return err
}
if !aw {
return fmt.Errorf("invalid color format")
}
if len(strings.TrimSpace(opt.Name)) == 0 {
return fmt.Errorf("empty name not allowed")
}
return nil
}
// CreateLabel create one label of repository
func (c *Client) CreateLabel(owner, repo string, opt CreateLabelOption) (*Label, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
if err := opt.Validate(); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
if len(opt.Color) == 6 {
if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil {
opt.Color = "#" + opt.Color
}
}
body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
label := new(Label)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST",
fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/labels", owner, repo),
jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), label)
return label, resp, err
}
// EditLabelOption options for editing a label
type EditLabelOption struct {
Name *string `json:"name"`
Color *string `json:"color"`
Description *string `json:"description"`
}
// Validate the EditLabelOption struct
func (opt EditLabelOption) Validate() error {
if opt.Color != nil {
aw, err := regexp.MatchString("^#?[0-9,a-f,A-F]{6}$", *opt.Color)
if err != nil {
return err
}
if !aw {
return fmt.Errorf("invalid color format")
}
}
if opt.Name != nil {
if len(strings.TrimSpace(*opt.Name)) == 0 {
return fmt.Errorf("empty name not allowed")
}
}
return nil
}
// EditLabel modify one label with options
func (c *Client) EditLabel(owner, repo string, id int64, opt EditLabelOption) (*Label, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
if err := opt.Validate(); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
label := new(Label)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("PATCH", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/labels/%d", owner, repo, id), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), label)
return label, resp, err
}
// DeleteLabel delete one label of repository by id
func (c *Client) DeleteLabel(owner, repo string, id int64) (*Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/labels/%d", owner, repo, id), nil, nil)
return resp, err
}
// GetIssueLabels get labels of one issue via issue id
func (c *Client) GetIssueLabels(owner, repo string, index int64, opts ListLabelsOptions) ([]*Label, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
labels := make([]*Label, 0, 5)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/%d/labels?%s", owner, repo, index, opts.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &labels)
return labels, resp, err
}
// IssueLabelsOption a collection of labels
type IssueLabelsOption struct {
// list of label IDs
Labels []int64 `json:"labels"`
}
// AddIssueLabels add one or more labels to one issue
func (c *Client) AddIssueLabels(owner, repo string, index int64, opt IssueLabelsOption) ([]*Label, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
var labels []*Label
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/%d/labels", owner, repo, index), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), &labels)
return labels, resp, err
}
// ReplaceIssueLabels replace old labels of issue with new labels
func (c *Client) ReplaceIssueLabels(owner, repo string, index int64, opt IssueLabelsOption) ([]*Label, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
var labels []*Label
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("PUT", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/%d/labels", owner, repo, index), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), &labels)
return labels, resp, err
}
// DeleteIssueLabel delete one label of one issue by issue id and label id
// TODO: maybe we need delete by label name and issue id
func (c *Client) DeleteIssueLabel(owner, repo string, index, label int64) (*Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/%d/labels/%d", owner, repo, index, label), nil, nil)
return resp, err
}
// ClearIssueLabels delete all the labels of one issue.
func (c *Client) ClearIssueLabels(owner, repo string, index int64) (*Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/%d/labels", owner, repo, index), nil, nil)
return resp, err
}

237
vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/issue_milestone.go generated vendored
View File

@ -1,237 +0,0 @@
// Copyright 2016 The Gogs Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
package gitea
import (
"bytes"
"encoding/json"
"fmt"
"net/url"
"strings"
"time"
)
// Milestone milestone is a collection of issues on one repository
type Milestone struct {
ID int64 `json:"id"`
Title string `json:"title"`
Description string `json:"description"`
State StateType `json:"state"`
OpenIssues int `json:"open_issues"`
ClosedIssues int `json:"closed_issues"`
Created time.Time `json:"created_at"`
Updated *time.Time `json:"updated_at"`
Closed *time.Time `json:"closed_at"`
Deadline *time.Time `json:"due_on"`
}
// ListMilestoneOption list milestone options
type ListMilestoneOption struct {
ListOptions
// open, closed, all
State StateType
Name string
}
// QueryEncode turns options into querystring argument
func (opt *ListMilestoneOption) QueryEncode() string {
query := opt.getURLQuery()
if opt.State != "" {
query.Add("state", string(opt.State))
}
if len(opt.Name) != 0 {
query.Add("name", opt.Name)
}
return query.Encode()
}
// ListRepoMilestones list all the milestones of one repository
func (c *Client) ListRepoMilestones(owner, repo string, opt ListMilestoneOption) ([]*Milestone, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
opt.setDefaults()
milestones := make([]*Milestone, 0, opt.PageSize)
link, _ := url.Parse(fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/milestones", owner, repo))
link.RawQuery = opt.QueryEncode()
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", link.String(), nil, nil, &milestones)
return milestones, resp, err
}
// GetMilestone get one milestone by repo name and milestone id
func (c *Client) GetMilestone(owner, repo string, id int64) (*Milestone, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
milestone := new(Milestone)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/milestones/%d", owner, repo, id), nil, nil, milestone)
return milestone, resp, err
}
// GetMilestoneByName get one milestone by repo and milestone name
func (c *Client) GetMilestoneByName(owner, repo string, name string) (*Milestone, *Response, error) {
if c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_13_0) != nil {
// backwards compatibility mode
m, resp, err := c.resolveMilestoneByName(owner, repo, name)
return m, resp, err
}
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo, &name); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
milestone := new(Milestone)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/milestones/%s", owner, repo, name), nil, nil, milestone)
return milestone, resp, err
}
// CreateMilestoneOption options for creating a milestone
type CreateMilestoneOption struct {
Title string `json:"title"`
Description string `json:"description"`
State StateType `json:"state"`
Deadline *time.Time `json:"due_on"`
}
// Validate the CreateMilestoneOption struct
func (opt CreateMilestoneOption) Validate() error {
if len(strings.TrimSpace(opt.Title)) == 0 {
return fmt.Errorf("title is empty")
}
return nil
}
// CreateMilestone create one milestone with options
func (c *Client) CreateMilestone(owner, repo string, opt CreateMilestoneOption) (*Milestone, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
if err := opt.Validate(); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
milestone := new(Milestone)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/milestones", owner, repo), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), milestone)
// make creating closed milestones need gitea >= v1.13.0
// this make it backwards compatible
if err == nil && opt.State == StateClosed && milestone.State != StateClosed {
closed := StateClosed
return c.EditMilestone(owner, repo, milestone.ID, EditMilestoneOption{
State: &closed,
})
}
return milestone, resp, err
}
// EditMilestoneOption options for editing a milestone
type EditMilestoneOption struct {
Title string `json:"title"`
Description *string `json:"description"`
State *StateType `json:"state"`
Deadline *time.Time `json:"due_on"`
}
// Validate the EditMilestoneOption struct
func (opt EditMilestoneOption) Validate() error {
if len(opt.Title) != 0 && len(strings.TrimSpace(opt.Title)) == 0 {
return fmt.Errorf("title is empty")
}
return nil
}
// EditMilestone modify milestone with options
func (c *Client) EditMilestone(owner, repo string, id int64, opt EditMilestoneOption) (*Milestone, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
if err := opt.Validate(); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
milestone := new(Milestone)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("PATCH", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/milestones/%d", owner, repo, id), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), milestone)
return milestone, resp, err
}
// EditMilestoneByName modify milestone with options
func (c *Client) EditMilestoneByName(owner, repo string, name string, opt EditMilestoneOption) (*Milestone, *Response, error) {
if c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_13_0) != nil {
// backwards compatibility mode
m, _, err := c.resolveMilestoneByName(owner, repo, name)
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
return c.EditMilestone(owner, repo, m.ID, opt)
}
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo, &name); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
if err := opt.Validate(); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
milestone := new(Milestone)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("PATCH", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/milestones/%s", owner, repo, name), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), milestone)
return milestone, resp, err
}
// DeleteMilestone delete one milestone by id
func (c *Client) DeleteMilestone(owner, repo string, id int64) (*Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/milestones/%d", owner, repo, id), nil, nil)
return resp, err
}
// DeleteMilestoneByName delete one milestone by name
func (c *Client) DeleteMilestoneByName(owner, repo string, name string) (*Response, error) {
if c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_13_0) != nil {
// backwards compatibility mode
m, _, err := c.resolveMilestoneByName(owner, repo, name)
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
return c.DeleteMilestone(owner, repo, m.ID)
}
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo, &name); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/milestones/%s", owner, repo, name), nil, nil)
return resp, err
}
// resolveMilestoneByName is a fallback method to find milestone id by name
func (c *Client) resolveMilestoneByName(owner, repo, name string) (*Milestone, *Response, error) {
for i := 1; ; i++ {
miles, resp, err := c.ListRepoMilestones(owner, repo, ListMilestoneOption{
ListOptions: ListOptions{
Page: i,
},
State: "all",
})
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
if len(miles) == 0 {
return nil, nil, fmt.Errorf("milestone '%s' do not exist", name)
}
for _, m := range miles {
if strings.ToLower(strings.TrimSpace(m.Title)) == strings.ToLower(strings.TrimSpace(name)) {
return m, resp, nil
}
}
}
}

104
vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/issue_reaction.go generated vendored
View File

@ -1,104 +0,0 @@
// Copyright 2020 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
package gitea
import (
"bytes"
"encoding/json"
"fmt"
"time"
)
// Reaction contain one reaction
type Reaction struct {
User *User `json:"user"`
Reaction string `json:"content"`
Created time.Time `json:"created_at"`
}
// GetIssueReactions get a list reactions of an issue
func (c *Client) GetIssueReactions(owner, repo string, index int64) ([]*Reaction, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
reactions := make([]*Reaction, 0, 10)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/%d/reactions", owner, repo, index), nil, nil, &reactions)
return reactions, resp, err
}
// GetIssueCommentReactions get a list of reactions from a comment of an issue
func (c *Client) GetIssueCommentReactions(owner, repo string, commentID int64) ([]*Reaction, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
reactions := make([]*Reaction, 0, 10)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/comments/%d/reactions", owner, repo, commentID), nil, nil, &reactions)
return reactions, resp, err
}
// editReactionOption contain the reaction type
type editReactionOption struct {
Reaction string `json:"content"`
}
// PostIssueReaction add a reaction to an issue
func (c *Client) PostIssueReaction(owner, repo string, index int64, reaction string) (*Reaction, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
reactionResponse := new(Reaction)
body, err := json.Marshal(&editReactionOption{Reaction: reaction})
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST",
fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/%d/reactions", owner, repo, index),
jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), reactionResponse)
return reactionResponse, resp, err
}
// DeleteIssueReaction remove a reaction from an issue
func (c *Client) DeleteIssueReaction(owner, repo string, index int64, reaction string) (*Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
body, err := json.Marshal(&editReactionOption{Reaction: reaction})
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/%d/reactions", owner, repo, index), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body))
return resp, err
}
// PostIssueCommentReaction add a reaction to a comment of an issue
func (c *Client) PostIssueCommentReaction(owner, repo string, commentID int64, reaction string) (*Reaction, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
reactionResponse := new(Reaction)
body, err := json.Marshal(&editReactionOption{Reaction: reaction})
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST",
fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/comments/%d/reactions", owner, repo, commentID),
jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), reactionResponse)
return reactionResponse, resp, err
}
// DeleteIssueCommentReaction remove a reaction from a comment of an issue
func (c *Client) DeleteIssueCommentReaction(owner, repo string, commentID int64, reaction string) (*Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
body, err := json.Marshal(&editReactionOption{Reaction: reaction})
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE",
fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/comments/%d/reactions", owner, repo, commentID),
jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body))
return resp, err
}

57
vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/issue_stopwatch.go generated vendored
View File

@ -1,57 +0,0 @@
// Copyright 2020 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
package gitea
import (
"fmt"
"time"
)
// StopWatch represents a running stopwatch of an issue / pr
type StopWatch struct {
Created time.Time `json:"created"`
Seconds int64 `json:"seconds"`
Duration string `json:"duration"`
IssueIndex int64 `json:"issue_index"`
IssueTitle string `json:"issue_title"`
RepoOwnerName string `json:"repo_owner_name"`
RepoName string `json:"repo_name"`
}
// GetMyStopwatches list all stopwatches
func (c *Client) GetMyStopwatches() ([]*StopWatch, *Response, error) {
stopwatches := make([]*StopWatch, 0, 1)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", "/user/stopwatches", nil, nil, &stopwatches)
return stopwatches, resp, err
}
// DeleteIssueStopwatch delete / cancel a specific stopwatch
func (c *Client) DeleteIssueStopwatch(owner, repo string, index int64) (*Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/%d/stopwatch/delete", owner, repo, index), nil, nil)
return resp, err
}
// StartIssueStopWatch starts a stopwatch for an existing issue for a given
// repository
func (c *Client) StartIssueStopWatch(owner, repo string, index int64) (*Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
_, resp, err := c.getResponse("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/%d/stopwatch/start", owner, repo, index), nil, nil)
return resp, err
}
// StopIssueStopWatch stops an existing stopwatch for an issue in a given
// repository
func (c *Client) StopIssueStopWatch(owner, repo string, index int64) (*Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
_, resp, err := c.getResponse("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/%d/stopwatch/stop", owner, repo, index), nil, nil)
return resp, err
}

87
vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/issue_subscription.go generated vendored
View File

@ -1,87 +0,0 @@
// Copyright 2020 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
package gitea
import (
"fmt"
"net/http"
)
// GetIssueSubscribers get list of users who subscribed on an issue
func (c *Client) GetIssueSubscribers(owner, repo string, index int64) ([]*User, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
subscribers := make([]*User, 0, 10)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/%d/subscriptions", owner, repo, index), nil, nil, &subscribers)
return subscribers, resp, err
}
// AddIssueSubscription Subscribe user to issue
func (c *Client) AddIssueSubscription(owner, repo string, index int64, user string) (*Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo, &user); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
status, resp, err := c.getStatusCode("PUT", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/%d/subscriptions/%s", owner, repo, index, user), nil, nil)
if err != nil {
return resp, err
}
if status == http.StatusCreated {
return resp, nil
}
if status == http.StatusOK {
return resp, fmt.Errorf("already subscribed")
}
return resp, fmt.Errorf("unexpected Status: %d", status)
}
// DeleteIssueSubscription unsubscribe user from issue
func (c *Client) DeleteIssueSubscription(owner, repo string, index int64, user string) (*Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo, &user); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
status, resp, err := c.getStatusCode("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/%d/subscriptions/%s", owner, repo, index, user), nil, nil)
if err != nil {
return resp, err
}
if status == http.StatusCreated {
return resp, nil
}
if status == http.StatusOK {
return resp, fmt.Errorf("already unsubscribed")
}
return resp, fmt.Errorf("unexpected Status: %d", status)
}
// CheckIssueSubscription check if current user is subscribed to an issue
func (c *Client) CheckIssueSubscription(owner, repo string, index int64) (*WatchInfo, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
wi := new(WatchInfo)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/%d/subscriptions/check", owner, repo, index), nil, nil, wi)
return wi, resp, err
}
// IssueSubscribe subscribe current user to an issue
func (c *Client) IssueSubscribe(owner, repo string, index int64) (*Response, error) {
u, _, err := c.GetMyUserInfo()
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
return c.AddIssueSubscription(owner, repo, index, u.UserName)
}
// IssueUnSubscribe unsubscribe current user from an issue
func (c *Client) IssueUnSubscribe(owner, repo string, index int64) (*Response, error) {
u, _, err := c.GetMyUserInfo()
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
return c.DeleteIssueSubscription(owner, repo, index, u.UserName)
}

142
vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/issue_tracked_time.go generated vendored
View File

@ -1,142 +0,0 @@
// Copyright 2017 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
package gitea
import (
"bytes"
"encoding/json"
"fmt"
"net/url"
"time"
)
// TrackedTime worked time for an issue / pr
type TrackedTime struct {
ID int64 `json:"id"`
Created time.Time `json:"created"`
// Time in seconds
Time int64 `json:"time"`
// deprecated (only for backwards compatibility)
UserID int64 `json:"user_id"`
UserName string `json:"user_name"`
// deprecated (only for backwards compatibility)
IssueID int64 `json:"issue_id"`
Issue *Issue `json:"issue"`
}
// ListTrackedTimesOptions options for listing repository's tracked times
type ListTrackedTimesOptions struct {
ListOptions
Since time.Time
Before time.Time
// User filter is only used by ListRepoTrackedTimes !!!
User string
}
// QueryEncode turns options into querystring argument
func (opt *ListTrackedTimesOptions) QueryEncode() string {
query := opt.getURLQuery()
if !opt.Since.IsZero() {
query.Add("since", opt.Since.Format(time.RFC3339))
}
if !opt.Before.IsZero() {
query.Add("before", opt.Before.Format(time.RFC3339))
}
if len(opt.User) != 0 {
query.Add("user", opt.User)
}
return query.Encode()
}
// ListRepoTrackedTimes list tracked times of a repository
func (c *Client) ListRepoTrackedTimes(owner, repo string, opt ListTrackedTimesOptions) ([]*TrackedTime, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
link, _ := url.Parse(fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/times", owner, repo))
opt.setDefaults()
link.RawQuery = opt.QueryEncode()
times := make([]*TrackedTime, 0, opt.PageSize)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", link.String(), jsonHeader, nil, &times)
return times, resp, err
}
// GetMyTrackedTimes list tracked times of the current user
func (c *Client) GetMyTrackedTimes() ([]*TrackedTime, *Response, error) {
times := make([]*TrackedTime, 0, 10)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", "/user/times", jsonHeader, nil, &times)
return times, resp, err
}
// AddTimeOption options for adding time to an issue
type AddTimeOption struct {
// time in seconds
Time int64 `json:"time"`
// optional
Created time.Time `json:"created"`
// optional
User string `json:"user_name"`
}
// Validate the AddTimeOption struct
func (opt AddTimeOption) Validate() error {
if opt.Time == 0 {
return fmt.Errorf("no time to add")
}
return nil
}
// AddTime adds time to issue with the given index
func (c *Client) AddTime(owner, repo string, index int64, opt AddTimeOption) (*TrackedTime, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
if err := opt.Validate(); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
t := new(TrackedTime)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST",
fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/%d/times", owner, repo, index),
jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), t)
return t, resp, err
}
// ListIssueTrackedTimes list tracked times of a single issue for a given repository
func (c *Client) ListIssueTrackedTimes(owner, repo string, index int64, opt ListTrackedTimesOptions) ([]*TrackedTime, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
link, _ := url.Parse(fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/%d/times", owner, repo, index))
opt.setDefaults()
link.RawQuery = opt.QueryEncode()
times := make([]*TrackedTime, 0, opt.PageSize)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", link.String(), jsonHeader, nil, &times)
return times, resp, err
}
// ResetIssueTime reset tracked time of a single issue for a given repository
func (c *Client) ResetIssueTime(owner, repo string, index int64) (*Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/%d/times", owner, repo, index), jsonHeader, nil)
return resp, err
}
// DeleteTime delete a specific tracked time by id of a single issue for a given repository
func (c *Client) DeleteTime(owner, repo string, index, timeID int64) (*Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/%d/times/%d", owner, repo, index, timeID), jsonHeader, nil)
return resp, err
}

42
vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/list_options.go generated vendored
View File

@ -1,42 +0,0 @@
// Copyright 2020 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
package gitea
import (
"fmt"
"net/url"
)
const defaultPageSize = 10
const maxPageSize = 50
// ListOptions options for using Gitea's API pagination
type ListOptions struct {
Page int
PageSize int
}
func (o ListOptions) getURLQuery() url.Values {
query := make(url.Values)
query.Add("page", fmt.Sprintf("%d", o.Page))
query.Add("limit", fmt.Sprintf("%d", o.PageSize))
return query
}
// setDefaults set default pagination options if none or wrong are set
// if you set -1 as page it will set all to 0
func (o *ListOptions) setDefaults() {
if o.Page < 0 {
o.Page, o.PageSize = 0, 0
return
} else if o.Page == 0 {
o.Page = 1
}
if o.PageSize < 0 || o.PageSize > maxPageSize {
o.PageSize = defaultPageSize
}
}

241
vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/notifications.go generated vendored
View File

@ -1,241 +0,0 @@
// Copyright 2020 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
package gitea
import (
"fmt"
"net/url"
"time"
"github.com/hashicorp/go-version"
)
var (
version1_12_3, _ = version.NewVersion("1.12.3")
)
// NotificationThread expose Notification on API
type NotificationThread struct {
ID int64 `json:"id"`
Repository *Repository `json:"repository"`
Subject *NotificationSubject `json:"subject"`
Unread bool `json:"unread"`
Pinned bool `json:"pinned"`
UpdatedAt time.Time `json:"updated_at"`
URL string `json:"url"`
}
// NotificationSubject contains the notification subject (Issue/Pull/Commit)
type NotificationSubject struct {
Title string `json:"title"`
URL string `json:"url"`
LatestCommentURL string `json:"latest_comment_url"`
Type NotifySubjectType `json:"type"`
State NotifySubjectState `json:"state"`
}
// NotifyStatus notification status type
type NotifyStatus string
const (
// NotifyStatusUnread was not read
NotifyStatusUnread NotifyStatus = "unread"
// NotifyStatusRead was already read by user
NotifyStatusRead NotifyStatus = "read"
// NotifyStatusPinned notification is pinned by user
NotifyStatusPinned NotifyStatus = "pinned"
)
// NotifySubjectType represent type of notification subject
type NotifySubjectType string
const (
// NotifySubjectIssue an issue is subject of an notification
NotifySubjectIssue NotifySubjectType = "Issue"
// NotifySubjectPull an pull is subject of an notification
NotifySubjectPull NotifySubjectType = "Pull"
// NotifySubjectCommit an commit is subject of an notification
NotifySubjectCommit NotifySubjectType = "Commit"
// NotifySubjectRepository an repository is subject of an notification
NotifySubjectRepository NotifySubjectType = "Repository"
)
// NotifySubjectState reflect state of notification subject
type NotifySubjectState string
const (
// NotifySubjectOpen if subject is a pull/issue and is open at the moment
NotifySubjectOpen NotifySubjectState = "open"
// NotifySubjectClosed if subject is a pull/issue and is closed at the moment
NotifySubjectClosed NotifySubjectState = "closed"
// NotifySubjectMerged if subject is a pull and got merged
NotifySubjectMerged NotifySubjectState = "merged"
)
// ListNotificationOptions represents the filter options
type ListNotificationOptions struct {
ListOptions
Since time.Time
Before time.Time
Status []NotifyStatus
SubjectTypes []NotifySubjectType
}
// MarkNotificationOptions represents the filter & modify options
type MarkNotificationOptions struct {
LastReadAt time.Time
Status []NotifyStatus
ToStatus NotifyStatus
}
// QueryEncode encode options to url query
func (opt *ListNotificationOptions) QueryEncode() string {
query := opt.getURLQuery()
if !opt.Since.IsZero() {
query.Add("since", opt.Since.Format(time.RFC3339))
}
if !opt.Before.IsZero() {
query.Add("before", opt.Before.Format(time.RFC3339))
}
for _, s := range opt.Status {
query.Add("status-types", string(s))
}
for _, s := range opt.SubjectTypes {
query.Add("subject-type", string(s))
}
return query.Encode()
}
// Validate the CreateUserOption struct
func (opt ListNotificationOptions) Validate(c *Client) error {
if len(opt.Status) != 0 {
return c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_3)
}
return nil
}
// QueryEncode encode options to url query
func (opt *MarkNotificationOptions) QueryEncode() string {
query := make(url.Values)
if !opt.LastReadAt.IsZero() {
query.Add("last_read_at", opt.LastReadAt.Format(time.RFC3339))
}
for _, s := range opt.Status {
query.Add("status-types", string(s))
}
if len(opt.ToStatus) != 0 {
query.Add("to-status", string(opt.ToStatus))
}
return query.Encode()
}
// Validate the CreateUserOption struct
func (opt MarkNotificationOptions) Validate(c *Client) error {
if len(opt.Status) != 0 || len(opt.ToStatus) != 0 {
return c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_3)
}
return nil
}
// CheckNotifications list users's notification threads
func (c *Client) CheckNotifications() (int64, *Response, error) {
if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil {
return 0, nil, err
}
new := struct {
New int64 `json:"new"`
}{}
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", "/notifications/new", jsonHeader, nil, &new)
return new.New, resp, err
}
// GetNotification get notification thread by ID
func (c *Client) GetNotification(id int64) (*NotificationThread, *Response, error) {
if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
thread := new(NotificationThread)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/notifications/threads/%d", id), nil, nil, thread)
return thread, resp, err
}
// ReadNotification mark notification thread as read by ID
// It optionally takes a second argument if status has to be set other than 'read'
func (c *Client) ReadNotification(id int64, status ...NotifyStatus) (*Response, error) {
if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
link := fmt.Sprintf("/notifications/threads/%d", id)
if len(status) != 0 {
link += fmt.Sprintf("?to-status=%s", status[0])
}
_, resp, err := c.getResponse("PATCH", link, nil, nil)
return resp, err
}
// ListNotifications list users's notification threads
func (c *Client) ListNotifications(opt ListNotificationOptions) ([]*NotificationThread, *Response, error) {
if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
if err := opt.Validate(c); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
link, _ := url.Parse("/notifications")
link.RawQuery = opt.QueryEncode()
threads := make([]*NotificationThread, 0, 10)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", link.String(), nil, nil, &threads)
return threads, resp, err
}
// ReadNotifications mark notification threads as read
func (c *Client) ReadNotifications(opt MarkNotificationOptions) (*Response, error) {
if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
if err := opt.Validate(c); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
link, _ := url.Parse("/notifications")
link.RawQuery = opt.QueryEncode()
_, resp, err := c.getResponse("PUT", link.String(), nil, nil)
return resp, err
}
// ListRepoNotifications list users's notification threads on a specific repo
func (c *Client) ListRepoNotifications(owner, repo string, opt ListNotificationOptions) ([]*NotificationThread, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
if err := opt.Validate(c); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
link, _ := url.Parse(fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/notifications", owner, repo))
link.RawQuery = opt.QueryEncode()
threads := make([]*NotificationThread, 0, 10)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", link.String(), nil, nil, &threads)
return threads, resp, err
}
// ReadRepoNotifications mark notification threads as read on a specific repo
func (c *Client) ReadRepoNotifications(owner, repo string, opt MarkNotificationOptions) (*Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
if err := opt.Validate(c); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
link, _ := url.Parse(fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/notifications", owner, repo))
link.RawQuery = opt.QueryEncode()
_, resp, err := c.getResponse("PUT", link.String(), nil, nil)
return resp, err
}

91
vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/oauth2.go generated vendored
View File

@ -1,91 +0,0 @@
// Copyright 2020 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
package gitea
import (
"bytes"
"encoding/json"
"fmt"
"time"
)
// Oauth2 represents an Oauth2 Application
type Oauth2 struct {
ID int64 `json:"id"`
Name string `json:"name"`
ClientID string `json:"client_id"`
ClientSecret string `json:"client_secret"`
RedirectURIs []string `json:"redirect_uris"`
Created time.Time `json:"created"`
}
// ListOauth2Option for listing Oauth2 Applications
type ListOauth2Option struct {
ListOptions
}
// CreateOauth2Option required options for creating an Application
type CreateOauth2Option struct {
Name string `json:"name"`
RedirectURIs []string `json:"redirect_uris"`
}
// CreateOauth2 create an Oauth2 Application and returns a completed Oauth2 object.
func (c *Client) CreateOauth2(opt CreateOauth2Option) (*Oauth2, *Response, error) {
if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
oauth := new(Oauth2)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", "/user/applications/oauth2", jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), oauth)
return oauth, resp, err
}
// UpdateOauth2 a specific Oauth2 Application by ID and return a completed Oauth2 object.
func (c *Client) UpdateOauth2(oauth2id int64, opt CreateOauth2Option) (*Oauth2, *Response, error) {
if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
oauth := new(Oauth2)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("PATCH", fmt.Sprintf("/user/applications/oauth2/%d", oauth2id), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), oauth)
return oauth, resp, err
}
// GetOauth2 a specific Oauth2 Application by ID.
func (c *Client) GetOauth2(oauth2id int64) (*Oauth2, *Response, error) {
if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
oauth2s := &Oauth2{}
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/user/applications/oauth2/%d", oauth2id), nil, nil, &oauth2s)
return oauth2s, resp, err
}
// ListOauth2 all of your Oauth2 Applications.
func (c *Client) ListOauth2(opt ListOauth2Option) ([]*Oauth2, *Response, error) {
if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
opt.setDefaults()
oauth2s := make([]*Oauth2, 0, opt.PageSize)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/user/applications/oauth2?%s", opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &oauth2s)
return oauth2s, resp, err
}
// DeleteOauth2 delete an Oauth2 application by ID
func (c *Client) DeleteOauth2(oauth2id int64) (*Response, error) {
if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/user/applications/oauth2/%d", oauth2id), nil, nil)
return resp, err
}

155
vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/org.go generated vendored
View File

@ -1,155 +0,0 @@
// Copyright 2015 The Gogs Authors. All rights reserved.
// Copyright 2019 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
package gitea
import (
"bytes"
"encoding/json"
"fmt"
)
// Organization represents an organization
type Organization struct {
ID int64 `json:"id"`
UserName string `json:"username"`
FullName string `json:"full_name"`
AvatarURL string `json:"avatar_url"`
Description string `json:"description"`
Website string `json:"website"`
Location string `json:"location"`
Visibility string `json:"visibility"`
}
// VisibleType defines the visibility
type VisibleType string
const (
// VisibleTypePublic Visible for everyone
VisibleTypePublic VisibleType = "public"
// VisibleTypeLimited Visible for every connected user
VisibleTypeLimited VisibleType = "limited"
// VisibleTypePrivate Visible only for organization's members
VisibleTypePrivate VisibleType = "private"
)
// ListOrgsOptions options for listing organizations
type ListOrgsOptions struct {
ListOptions
}
// ListMyOrgs list all of current user's organizations
func (c *Client) ListMyOrgs(opt ListOrgsOptions) ([]*Organization, *Response, error) {
opt.setDefaults()
orgs := make([]*Organization, 0, opt.PageSize)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/user/orgs?%s", opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &orgs)
return orgs, resp, err
}
// ListUserOrgs list all of some user's organizations
func (c *Client) ListUserOrgs(user string, opt ListOrgsOptions) ([]*Organization, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
opt.setDefaults()
orgs := make([]*Organization, 0, opt.PageSize)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/users/%s/orgs?%s", user, opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &orgs)
return orgs, resp, err
}
// GetOrg get one organization by name
func (c *Client) GetOrg(orgname string) (*Organization, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&orgname); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
org := new(Organization)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/orgs/%s", orgname), nil, nil, org)
return org, resp, err
}
// CreateOrgOption options for creating an organization
type CreateOrgOption struct {
Name string `json:"username"`
FullName string `json:"full_name"`
Description string `json:"description"`
Website string `json:"website"`
Location string `json:"location"`
Visibility VisibleType `json:"visibility"`
RepoAdminChangeTeamAccess bool `json:"repo_admin_change_team_access"`
}
// checkVisibilityOpt check if mode exist
func checkVisibilityOpt(v VisibleType) bool {
return v == VisibleTypePublic || v == VisibleTypeLimited || v == VisibleTypePrivate
}
// Validate the CreateOrgOption struct
func (opt CreateOrgOption) Validate() error {
if len(opt.Name) == 0 {
return fmt.Errorf("empty org name")
}
if len(opt.Visibility) != 0 && !checkVisibilityOpt(opt.Visibility) {
return fmt.Errorf("infalid bisibility option")
}
return nil
}
// CreateOrg creates an organization
func (c *Client) CreateOrg(opt CreateOrgOption) (*Organization, *Response, error) {
if err := opt.Validate(); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
org := new(Organization)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", "/orgs", jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), org)
return org, resp, err
}
// EditOrgOption options for editing an organization
type EditOrgOption struct {
FullName string `json:"full_name"`
Description string `json:"description"`
Website string `json:"website"`
Location string `json:"location"`
Visibility VisibleType `json:"visibility"`
}
// Validate the EditOrgOption struct
func (opt EditOrgOption) Validate() error {
if len(opt.Visibility) != 0 && !checkVisibilityOpt(opt.Visibility) {
return fmt.Errorf("infalid bisibility option")
}
return nil
}
// EditOrg modify one organization via options
func (c *Client) EditOrg(orgname string, opt EditOrgOption) (*Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&orgname); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
if err := opt.Validate(); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
_, resp, err := c.getResponse("PATCH", fmt.Sprintf("/orgs/%s", orgname), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body))
return resp, err
}
// DeleteOrg deletes an organization
func (c *Client) DeleteOrg(orgname string) (*Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&orgname); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/orgs/%s", orgname), jsonHeader, nil)
return resp, err
}

119
vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/org_member.go generated vendored
View File

@ -1,119 +0,0 @@
// Copyright 2020 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
package gitea
import (
"fmt"
"net/http"
"net/url"
)
// DeleteOrgMembership remove a member from an organization
func (c *Client) DeleteOrgMembership(org, user string) (*Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&org, &user); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/orgs/%s/members/%s", org, user), nil, nil)
return resp, err
}
// ListOrgMembershipOption list OrgMembership options
type ListOrgMembershipOption struct {
ListOptions
}
// ListOrgMembership list an organization's members
func (c *Client) ListOrgMembership(org string, opt ListOrgMembershipOption) ([]*User, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&org); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
opt.setDefaults()
users := make([]*User, 0, opt.PageSize)
link, _ := url.Parse(fmt.Sprintf("/orgs/%s/members", org))
link.RawQuery = opt.getURLQuery().Encode()
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", link.String(), jsonHeader, nil, &users)
return users, resp, err
}
// ListPublicOrgMembership list an organization's members
func (c *Client) ListPublicOrgMembership(org string, opt ListOrgMembershipOption) ([]*User, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&org); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
opt.setDefaults()
users := make([]*User, 0, opt.PageSize)
link, _ := url.Parse(fmt.Sprintf("/orgs/%s/public_members", org))
link.RawQuery = opt.getURLQuery().Encode()
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", link.String(), jsonHeader, nil, &users)
return users, resp, err
}
// CheckOrgMembership Check if a user is a member of an organization
func (c *Client) CheckOrgMembership(org, user string) (bool, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&org, &user); err != nil {
return false, nil, err
}
status, resp, err := c.getStatusCode("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/orgs/%s/members/%s", org, user), nil, nil)
if err != nil {
return false, resp, err
}
switch status {
case http.StatusNoContent:
return true, resp, nil
case http.StatusNotFound:
return false, resp, nil
default:
return false, resp, fmt.Errorf("unexpected Status: %d", status)
}
}
// CheckPublicOrgMembership Check if a user is a member of an organization
func (c *Client) CheckPublicOrgMembership(org, user string) (bool, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&org, &user); err != nil {
return false, nil, err
}
status, resp, err := c.getStatusCode("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/orgs/%s/public_members/%s", org, user), nil, nil)
if err != nil {
return false, resp, err
}
switch status {
case http.StatusNoContent:
return true, resp, nil
case http.StatusNotFound:
return false, resp, nil
default:
return false, resp, fmt.Errorf("unexpected Status: %d", status)
}
}
// SetPublicOrgMembership publicize/conceal a user's membership
func (c *Client) SetPublicOrgMembership(org, user string, visible bool) (*Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&org, &user); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
var (
status int
err error
resp *Response
)
if visible {
status, resp, err = c.getStatusCode("PUT", fmt.Sprintf("/orgs/%s/public_members/%s", org, user), nil, nil)
} else {
status, resp, err = c.getStatusCode("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/orgs/%s/public_members/%s", org, user), nil, nil)
}
if err != nil {
return resp, err
}
switch status {
case http.StatusNoContent:
return resp, nil
case http.StatusNotFound:
return resp, fmt.Errorf("forbidden")
default:
return resp, fmt.Errorf("unexpected Status: %d", status)
}
}

242
vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/org_team.go generated vendored
View File

@ -1,242 +0,0 @@
// Copyright 2019 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
package gitea
import (
"bytes"
"encoding/json"
"fmt"
)
// Team represents a team in an organization
type Team struct {
ID int64 `json:"id"`
Name string `json:"name"`
Description string `json:"description"`
Organization *Organization `json:"organization"`
Permission AccessMode `json:"permission"`
CanCreateOrgRepo bool `json:"can_create_org_repo"`
IncludesAllRepositories bool `json:"includes_all_repositories"`
Units []RepoUnitType `json:"units"`
}
// RepoUnitType represent all unit types of a repo gitea currently offer
type RepoUnitType string
const (
// RepoUnitCode represent file view of a repository
RepoUnitCode RepoUnitType = "repo.code"
// RepoUnitIssues represent issues of a repository
RepoUnitIssues RepoUnitType = "repo.issues"
// RepoUnitPulls represent pulls of a repository
RepoUnitPulls RepoUnitType = "repo.pulls"
// RepoUnitExtIssues represent external issues of a repository
RepoUnitExtIssues RepoUnitType = "repo.ext_issues"
// RepoUnitWiki represent wiki of a repository
RepoUnitWiki RepoUnitType = "repo.wiki"
// RepoUnitExtWiki represent external wiki of a repository
RepoUnitExtWiki RepoUnitType = "repo.ext_wiki"
// RepoUnitReleases represent releases of a repository
RepoUnitReleases RepoUnitType = "repo.releases"
// RepoUnitProjects represent projects of a repository
RepoUnitProjects RepoUnitType = "repo.projects"
)
// ListTeamsOptions options for listing teams
type ListTeamsOptions struct {
ListOptions
}
// ListOrgTeams lists all teams of an organization
func (c *Client) ListOrgTeams(org string, opt ListTeamsOptions) ([]*Team, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&org); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
opt.setDefaults()
teams := make([]*Team, 0, opt.PageSize)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/orgs/%s/teams?%s", org, opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &teams)
return teams, resp, err
}
// ListMyTeams lists all the teams of the current user
func (c *Client) ListMyTeams(opt *ListTeamsOptions) ([]*Team, *Response, error) {
opt.setDefaults()
teams := make([]*Team, 0, opt.PageSize)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/user/teams?%s", opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &teams)
return teams, resp, err
}
// GetTeam gets a team by ID
func (c *Client) GetTeam(id int64) (*Team, *Response, error) {
t := new(Team)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/teams/%d", id), nil, nil, t)
return t, resp, err
}
// CreateTeamOption options for creating a team
type CreateTeamOption struct {
Name string `json:"name"`
Description string `json:"description"`
Permission AccessMode `json:"permission"`
CanCreateOrgRepo bool `json:"can_create_org_repo"`
IncludesAllRepositories bool `json:"includes_all_repositories"`
Units []RepoUnitType `json:"units"`
}
// Validate the CreateTeamOption struct
func (opt CreateTeamOption) Validate() error {
if opt.Permission == AccessModeOwner {
opt.Permission = AccessModeAdmin
} else if opt.Permission != AccessModeRead && opt.Permission != AccessModeWrite && opt.Permission != AccessModeAdmin {
return fmt.Errorf("permission mode invalid")
}
if len(opt.Name) == 0 {
return fmt.Errorf("name required")
}
if len(opt.Name) > 30 {
return fmt.Errorf("name to long")
}
if len(opt.Description) > 255 {
return fmt.Errorf("description to long")
}
return nil
}
// CreateTeam creates a team for an organization
func (c *Client) CreateTeam(org string, opt CreateTeamOption) (*Team, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&org); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
if err := opt.Validate(); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
t := new(Team)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/orgs/%s/teams", org), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), t)
return t, resp, err
}
// EditTeamOption options for editing a team
type EditTeamOption struct {
Name string `json:"name"`
Description *string `json:"description"`
Permission AccessMode `json:"permission"`
CanCreateOrgRepo *bool `json:"can_create_org_repo"`
IncludesAllRepositories *bool `json:"includes_all_repositories"`
Units []RepoUnitType `json:"units"`
}
// Validate the EditTeamOption struct
func (opt EditTeamOption) Validate() error {
if opt.Permission == AccessModeOwner {
opt.Permission = AccessModeAdmin
} else if opt.Permission != AccessModeRead && opt.Permission != AccessModeWrite && opt.Permission != AccessModeAdmin {
return fmt.Errorf("permission mode invalid")
}
if len(opt.Name) == 0 {
return fmt.Errorf("name required")
}
if len(opt.Name) > 30 {
return fmt.Errorf("name to long")
}
if opt.Description != nil && len(*opt.Description) > 255 {
return fmt.Errorf("description to long")
}
return nil
}
// EditTeam edits a team of an organization
func (c *Client) EditTeam(id int64, opt EditTeamOption) (*Response, error) {
if err := opt.Validate(); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
_, resp, err := c.getResponse("PATCH", fmt.Sprintf("/teams/%d", id), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body))
return resp, err
}
// DeleteTeam deletes a team of an organization
func (c *Client) DeleteTeam(id int64) (*Response, error) {
_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/teams/%d", id), nil, nil)
return resp, err
}
// ListTeamMembersOptions options for listing team's members
type ListTeamMembersOptions struct {
ListOptions
}
// ListTeamMembers lists all members of a team
func (c *Client) ListTeamMembers(id int64, opt ListTeamMembersOptions) ([]*User, *Response, error) {
opt.setDefaults()
members := make([]*User, 0, opt.PageSize)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/teams/%d/members?%s", id, opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &members)
return members, resp, err
}
// GetTeamMember gets a member of a team
func (c *Client) GetTeamMember(id int64, user string) (*User, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
m := new(User)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/teams/%d/members/%s", id, user), nil, nil, m)
return m, resp, err
}
// AddTeamMember adds a member to a team
func (c *Client) AddTeamMember(id int64, user string) (*Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
_, resp, err := c.getResponse("PUT", fmt.Sprintf("/teams/%d/members/%s", id, user), nil, nil)
return resp, err
}
// RemoveTeamMember removes a member from a team
func (c *Client) RemoveTeamMember(id int64, user string) (*Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/teams/%d/members/%s", id, user), nil, nil)
return resp, err
}
// ListTeamRepositoriesOptions options for listing team's repositories
type ListTeamRepositoriesOptions struct {
ListOptions
}
// ListTeamRepositories lists all repositories of a team
func (c *Client) ListTeamRepositories(id int64, opt ListTeamRepositoriesOptions) ([]*Repository, *Response, error) {
opt.setDefaults()
repos := make([]*Repository, 0, opt.PageSize)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/teams/%d/repos?%s", id, opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &repos)
return repos, resp, err
}
// AddTeamRepository adds a repository to a team
func (c *Client) AddTeamRepository(id int64, org, repo string) (*Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&org, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
_, resp, err := c.getResponse("PUT", fmt.Sprintf("/teams/%d/repos/%s/%s", id, org, repo), nil, nil)
return resp, err
}
// RemoveTeamRepository removes a repository from a team
func (c *Client) RemoveTeamRepository(id int64, org, repo string) (*Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&org, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/teams/%d/repos/%s/%s", id, org, repo), nil, nil)
return resp, err
}

328
vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/pull.go generated vendored
View File

@ -1,328 +0,0 @@
// Copyright 2016 The Gogs Authors. All rights reserved.
// Copyright 2019 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
package gitea
import (
"bytes"
"encoding/json"
"fmt"
"net/url"
"strings"
"time"
"github.com/hashicorp/go-version"
)
// PRBranchInfo information about a branch
type PRBranchInfo struct {
Name string `json:"label"`
Ref string `json:"ref"`
Sha string `json:"sha"`
RepoID int64 `json:"repo_id"`
Repository *Repository `json:"repo"`
}
// PullRequest represents a pull request
type PullRequest struct {
ID int64 `json:"id"`
URL string `json:"url"`
Index int64 `json:"number"`
Poster *User `json:"user"`
Title string `json:"title"`
Body string `json:"body"`
Labels []*Label `json:"labels"`
Milestone *Milestone `json:"milestone"`
Assignee *User `json:"assignee"`
Assignees []*User `json:"assignees"`
State StateType `json:"state"`
IsLocked bool `json:"is_locked"`
Comments int `json:"comments"`
HTMLURL string `json:"html_url"`
DiffURL string `json:"diff_url"`
PatchURL string `json:"patch_url"`
Mergeable bool `json:"mergeable"`
HasMerged bool `json:"merged"`
Merged *time.Time `json:"merged_at"`
MergedCommitID *string `json:"merge_commit_sha"`
MergedBy *User `json:"merged_by"`
Base *PRBranchInfo `json:"base"`
Head *PRBranchInfo `json:"head"`
MergeBase string `json:"merge_base"`
Deadline *time.Time `json:"due_date"`
Created *time.Time `json:"created_at"`
Updated *time.Time `json:"updated_at"`
Closed *time.Time `json:"closed_at"`
}
// ListPullRequestsOptions options for listing pull requests
type ListPullRequestsOptions struct {
ListOptions
State StateType `json:"state"`
// oldest, recentupdate, leastupdate, mostcomment, leastcomment, priority
Sort string
Milestone int64
}
// MergeStyle is used specify how a pull is merged
type MergeStyle string
const (
// MergeStyleMerge merge pull as usual
MergeStyleMerge MergeStyle = "merge"
// MergeStyleRebase rebase pull
MergeStyleRebase MergeStyle = "rebase"
// MergeStyleRebaseMerge rebase and merge pull
MergeStyleRebaseMerge MergeStyle = "rebase-merge"
// MergeStyleSquash squash and merge pull
MergeStyleSquash MergeStyle = "squash"
)
// QueryEncode turns options into querystring argument
func (opt *ListPullRequestsOptions) QueryEncode() string {
query := opt.getURLQuery()
if len(opt.State) > 0 {
query.Add("state", string(opt.State))
}
if len(opt.Sort) > 0 {
query.Add("sort", opt.Sort)
}
if opt.Milestone > 0 {
query.Add("milestone", fmt.Sprintf("%d", opt.Milestone))
}
return query.Encode()
}
// ListRepoPullRequests list PRs of one repository
func (c *Client) ListRepoPullRequests(owner, repo string, opt ListPullRequestsOptions) ([]*PullRequest, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
opt.setDefaults()
prs := make([]*PullRequest, 0, opt.PageSize)
link, _ := url.Parse(fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/pulls", owner, repo))
link.RawQuery = opt.QueryEncode()
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", link.String(), jsonHeader, nil, &prs)
if c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_14_0) != nil {
for i := range prs {
if err := fixPullHeadSha(c, prs[i]); err != nil {
return prs, resp, err
}
}
}
return prs, resp, err
}
// GetPullRequest get information of one PR
func (c *Client) GetPullRequest(owner, repo string, index int64) (*PullRequest, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
pr := new(PullRequest)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/pulls/%d", owner, repo, index), nil, nil, pr)
if c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_14_0) != nil {
if err := fixPullHeadSha(c, pr); err != nil {
return pr, resp, err
}
}
return pr, resp, err
}
// CreatePullRequestOption options when creating a pull request
type CreatePullRequestOption struct {
Head string `json:"head"`
Base string `json:"base"`
Title string `json:"title"`
Body string `json:"body"`
Assignee string `json:"assignee"`
Assignees []string `json:"assignees"`
Milestone int64 `json:"milestone"`
Labels []int64 `json:"labels"`
Deadline *time.Time `json:"due_date"`
}
// CreatePullRequest create pull request with options
func (c *Client) CreatePullRequest(owner, repo string, opt CreatePullRequestOption) (*PullRequest, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
pr := new(PullRequest)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST",
fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/pulls", owner, repo),
jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), pr)
return pr, resp, err
}
// EditPullRequestOption options when modify pull request
type EditPullRequestOption struct {
Title string `json:"title"`
Body string `json:"body"`
Base string `json:"base"`
Assignee string `json:"assignee"`
Assignees []string `json:"assignees"`
Milestone int64 `json:"milestone"`
Labels []int64 `json:"labels"`
State *StateType `json:"state"`
Deadline *time.Time `json:"due_date"`
}
// Validate the EditPullRequestOption struct
func (opt EditPullRequestOption) Validate(c *Client) error {
if len(opt.Title) != 0 && len(strings.TrimSpace(opt.Title)) == 0 {
return fmt.Errorf("title is empty")
}
if len(opt.Base) != 0 {
if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil {
return fmt.Errorf("can not change base gitea to old")
}
}
return nil
}
// EditPullRequest modify pull request with PR id and options
func (c *Client) EditPullRequest(owner, repo string, index int64, opt EditPullRequestOption) (*PullRequest, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
if err := opt.Validate(c); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
pr := new(PullRequest)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("PATCH",
fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/pulls/%d", owner, repo, index),
jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), pr)
return pr, resp, err
}
// MergePullRequestOption options when merging a pull request
type MergePullRequestOption struct {
Style MergeStyle `json:"Do"`
Title string `json:"MergeTitleField"`
Message string `json:"MergeMessageField"`
}
var version1_11_5, _ = version.NewVersion("1.11.5")
// Validate the MergePullRequestOption struct
func (opt MergePullRequestOption) Validate(c *Client) error {
if opt.Style == MergeStyleSquash {
if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_11_5); err != nil {
return err
}
}
return nil
}
// MergePullRequest merge a PR to repository by PR id
func (c *Client) MergePullRequest(owner, repo string, index int64, opt MergePullRequestOption) (bool, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return false, nil, err
}
if err := opt.Validate(c); err != nil {
return false, nil, err
}
body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
if err != nil {
return false, nil, err
}
status, resp, err := c.getStatusCode("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/pulls/%d/merge", owner, repo, index), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body))
if err != nil {
return false, resp, err
}
return status == 200, resp, nil
}
// IsPullRequestMerged test if one PR is merged to one repository
func (c *Client) IsPullRequestMerged(owner, repo string, index int64) (bool, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return false, nil, err
}
status, resp, err := c.getStatusCode("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/pulls/%d/merge", owner, repo, index), nil, nil)
if err != nil {
return false, resp, err
}
return status == 204, resp, nil
}
// getPullRequestDiffOrPatch gets the patch or diff file as bytes for a PR
func (c *Client) getPullRequestDiffOrPatch(owner, repo, kind string, index int64) ([]byte, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo, &kind); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_13_0); err != nil {
r, _, err2 := c.GetRepo(owner, repo)
if err2 != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
if r.Private {
return nil, nil, err
}
return c.getWebResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/%s/%s/pulls/%d.%s", owner, repo, index, kind), nil)
}
return c.getResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/pulls/%d.%s", owner, repo, index, kind), nil, nil)
}
// GetPullRequestPatch gets the .patch file as bytes for a PR
func (c *Client) GetPullRequestPatch(owner, repo string, index int64) ([]byte, *Response, error) {
return c.getPullRequestDiffOrPatch(owner, repo, "patch", index)
}
// GetPullRequestDiff gets the .diff file as bytes for a PR
func (c *Client) GetPullRequestDiff(owner, repo string, index int64) ([]byte, *Response, error) {
return c.getPullRequestDiffOrPatch(owner, repo, "diff", index)
}
// ListPullRequestCommitsOptions options for listing pull requests
type ListPullRequestCommitsOptions struct {
ListOptions
}
// ListPullRequestCommits list commits for a pull request
func (c *Client) ListPullRequestCommits(owner, repo string, index int64, opt ListPullRequestCommitsOptions) ([]*Commit, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
link, _ := url.Parse(fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/pulls/%d/commits", owner, repo, index))
opt.setDefaults()
commits := make([]*Commit, 0, opt.PageSize)
link.RawQuery = opt.getURLQuery().Encode()
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", link.String(), nil, nil, &commits)
return commits, resp, err
}
// fixPullHeadSha is a workaround for https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/issues/12675
// When no head sha is available, this is because the branch got deleted in the base repo.
// pr.Head.Ref points in this case not to the head repo branch name, but the base repo ref,
// which stays available to resolve the commit sha. This is fixed for gitea >= 1.14.0
func fixPullHeadSha(client *Client, pr *PullRequest) error {
if pr.Base != nil && pr.Base.Repository != nil && pr.Base.Repository.Owner != nil &&
pr.Head != nil && pr.Head.Ref != "" && pr.Head.Sha == "" {
owner := pr.Base.Repository.Owner.UserName
repo := pr.Base.Repository.Name
refs, _, err := client.GetRepoRefs(owner, repo, pr.Head.Ref)
if err != nil {
return err
} else if len(refs) == 0 {
return fmt.Errorf("unable to resolve PR ref '%s'", pr.Head.Ref)
}
pr.Head.Sha = refs[0].Object.SHA
}
return nil
}

325
vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/pull_review.go generated vendored
View File

@ -1,325 +0,0 @@
// Copyright 2020 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
package gitea
import (
"bytes"
"encoding/json"
"fmt"
"net/url"
"strings"
"time"
)
// ReviewStateType review state type
type ReviewStateType string
const (
// ReviewStateApproved pr is approved
ReviewStateApproved ReviewStateType = "APPROVED"
// ReviewStatePending pr state is pending
ReviewStatePending ReviewStateType = "PENDING"
// ReviewStateComment is a comment review
ReviewStateComment ReviewStateType = "COMMENT"
// ReviewStateRequestChanges changes for pr are requested
ReviewStateRequestChanges ReviewStateType = "REQUEST_CHANGES"
// ReviewStateRequestReview review is requested from user
ReviewStateRequestReview ReviewStateType = "REQUEST_REVIEW"
// ReviewStateUnknown state of pr is unknown
ReviewStateUnknown ReviewStateType = ""
)
// PullReview represents a pull request review
type PullReview struct {
ID int64 `json:"id"`
Reviewer *User `json:"user"`
ReviewerTeam *Team `json:"team"`
State ReviewStateType `json:"state"`
Body string `json:"body"`
CommitID string `json:"commit_id"`
// Stale indicates if the pull has changed since the review
Stale bool `json:"stale"`
// Official indicates if the review counts towards the required approval limit, if PR base is a protected branch
Official bool `json:"official"`
Dismissed bool `json:"dismissed"`
CodeCommentsCount int `json:"comments_count"`
Submitted time.Time `json:"submitted_at"`
HTMLURL string `json:"html_url"`
HTMLPullURL string `json:"pull_request_url"`
}
// PullReviewComment represents a comment on a pull request review
type PullReviewComment struct {
ID int64 `json:"id"`
Body string `json:"body"`
Reviewer *User `json:"user"`
ReviewID int64 `json:"pull_request_review_id"`
Resolver *User `json:"resolver"`
Created time.Time `json:"created_at"`
Updated time.Time `json:"updated_at"`
Path string `json:"path"`
CommitID string `json:"commit_id"`
OrigCommitID string `json:"original_commit_id"`
DiffHunk string `json:"diff_hunk"`
LineNum uint64 `json:"position"`
OldLineNum uint64 `json:"original_position"`
HTMLURL string `json:"html_url"`
HTMLPullURL string `json:"pull_request_url"`
}
// CreatePullReviewOptions are options to create a pull review
type CreatePullReviewOptions struct {
State ReviewStateType `json:"event"`
Body string `json:"body"`
CommitID string `json:"commit_id"`
Comments []CreatePullReviewComment `json:"comments"`
}
// CreatePullReviewComment represent a review comment for creation api
type CreatePullReviewComment struct {
// the tree path
Path string `json:"path"`
Body string `json:"body"`
// if comment to old file line or 0
OldLineNum int64 `json:"old_position"`
// if comment to new file line or 0
NewLineNum int64 `json:"new_position"`
}
// SubmitPullReviewOptions are options to submit a pending pull review
type SubmitPullReviewOptions struct {
State ReviewStateType `json:"event"`
Body string `json:"body"`
}
// DismissPullReviewOptions are options to dismiss a pull review
type DismissPullReviewOptions struct {
Message string `json:"message"`
}
// PullReviewRequestOptions are options to add or remove pull review requests
type PullReviewRequestOptions struct {
Reviewers []string `json:"reviewers"`
TeamReviewers []string `json:"team_reviewers"`
}
// ListPullReviewsOptions options for listing PullReviews
type ListPullReviewsOptions struct {
ListOptions
}
// Validate the CreatePullReviewOptions struct
func (opt CreatePullReviewOptions) Validate() error {
if opt.State != ReviewStateApproved && len(strings.TrimSpace(opt.Body)) == 0 {
return fmt.Errorf("body is empty")
}
for i := range opt.Comments {
if err := opt.Comments[i].Validate(); err != nil {
return err
}
}
return nil
}
// Validate the SubmitPullReviewOptions struct
func (opt SubmitPullReviewOptions) Validate() error {
if opt.State != ReviewStateApproved && len(strings.TrimSpace(opt.Body)) == 0 {
return fmt.Errorf("body is empty")
}
return nil
}
// Validate the CreatePullReviewComment struct
func (opt CreatePullReviewComment) Validate() error {
if len(strings.TrimSpace(opt.Body)) == 0 {
return fmt.Errorf("body is empty")
}
if opt.NewLineNum != 0 && opt.OldLineNum != 0 {
return fmt.Errorf("old and new line num are set, cant identify the code comment position")
}
return nil
}
// ListPullReviews lists all reviews of a pull request
func (c *Client) ListPullReviews(owner, repo string, index int64, opt ListPullReviewsOptions) ([]*PullReview, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
opt.setDefaults()
rs := make([]*PullReview, 0, opt.PageSize)
link, _ := url.Parse(fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/pulls/%d/reviews", owner, repo, index))
link.RawQuery = opt.ListOptions.getURLQuery().Encode()
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", link.String(), jsonHeader, nil, &rs)
return rs, resp, err
}
// GetPullReview gets a specific review of a pull request
func (c *Client) GetPullReview(owner, repo string, index, id int64) (*PullReview, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
r := new(PullReview)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/pulls/%d/reviews/%d", owner, repo, index, id), jsonHeader, nil, &r)
return r, resp, err
}
// ListPullReviewComments lists all comments of a pull request review
func (c *Client) ListPullReviewComments(owner, repo string, index, id int64) ([]*PullReviewComment, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
rcl := make([]*PullReviewComment, 0, 4)
link, _ := url.Parse(fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/pulls/%d/reviews/%d/comments", owner, repo, index, id))
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", link.String(), jsonHeader, nil, &rcl)
return rcl, resp, err
}
// DeletePullReview delete a specific review from a pull request
func (c *Client) DeletePullReview(owner, repo string, index, id int64) (*Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/pulls/%d/reviews/%d", owner, repo, index, id), jsonHeader, nil)
return resp, err
}
// CreatePullReview create a review to an pull request
func (c *Client) CreatePullReview(owner, repo string, index int64, opt CreatePullReviewOptions) (*PullReview, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
if err := opt.Validate(); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
r := new(PullReview)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST",
fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/pulls/%d/reviews", owner, repo, index),
jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), r)
return r, resp, err
}
// SubmitPullReview submit a pending review to an pull request
func (c *Client) SubmitPullReview(owner, repo string, index, id int64, opt SubmitPullReviewOptions) (*PullReview, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
if err := opt.Validate(); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
r := new(PullReview)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST",
fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/pulls/%d/reviews/%d", owner, repo, index, id),
jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), r)
return r, resp, err
}
// CreateReviewRequests create review requests to an pull request
func (c *Client) CreateReviewRequests(owner, repo string, index int64, opt PullReviewRequestOptions) (*Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_14_0); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
_, resp, err := c.getResponse("POST",
fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/pulls/%d/requested_reviewers", owner, repo, index),
jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body))
return resp, err
}
// DeleteReviewRequests delete review requests to an pull request
func (c *Client) DeleteReviewRequests(owner, repo string, index int64, opt PullReviewRequestOptions) (*Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_14_0); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE",
fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/pulls/%d/requested_reviewers", owner, repo, index),
jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body))
return resp, err
}
// DismissPullReview dismiss a review for a pull request
func (c *Client) DismissPullReview(owner, repo string, index, id int64, opt DismissPullReviewOptions) (*Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_14_0); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
_, resp, err := c.getResponse("POST",
fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/pulls/%d/reviews/%d/dismissals", owner, repo, index, id),
jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body))
return resp, err
}
// UnDismissPullReview cancel to dismiss a review for a pull request
func (c *Client) UnDismissPullReview(owner, repo string, index, id int64) (*Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_14_0); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
_, resp, err := c.getResponse("POST",
fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/pulls/%d/reviews/%d/undismissals", owner, repo, index, id),
jsonHeader, nil)
return resp, err
}

202
vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/release.go generated vendored
View File

@ -1,202 +0,0 @@
// Copyright 2016 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
package gitea
import (
"bytes"
"encoding/json"
"fmt"
"net/http"
"strings"
"time"
)
// Release represents a repository release
type Release struct {
ID int64 `json:"id"`
TagName string `json:"tag_name"`
Target string `json:"target_commitish"`
Title string `json:"name"`
Note string `json:"body"`
URL string `json:"url"`
HTMLURL string `json:"html_url"`
TarURL string `json:"tarball_url"`
ZipURL string `json:"zipball_url"`
IsDraft bool `json:"draft"`
IsPrerelease bool `json:"prerelease"`
CreatedAt time.Time `json:"created_at"`
PublishedAt time.Time `json:"published_at"`
Publisher *User `json:"author"`
Attachments []*Attachment `json:"assets"`
}
// ListReleasesOptions options for listing repository's releases
type ListReleasesOptions struct {
ListOptions
IsDraft *bool
IsPreRelease *bool
}
// QueryEncode turns options into querystring argument
func (opt *ListReleasesOptions) QueryEncode() string {
query := opt.getURLQuery()
if opt.IsDraft != nil {
query.Add("draft", fmt.Sprintf("%t", *opt.IsDraft))
}
if opt.IsPreRelease != nil {
query.Add("draft", fmt.Sprintf("%t", *opt.IsPreRelease))
}
return query.Encode()
}
// ListReleases list releases of a repository
func (c *Client) ListReleases(owner, repo string, opt ListReleasesOptions) ([]*Release, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
opt.setDefaults()
releases := make([]*Release, 0, opt.PageSize)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET",
fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/releases?%s", owner, repo, opt.QueryEncode()),
nil, nil, &releases)
return releases, resp, err
}
// GetRelease get a release of a repository by id
func (c *Client) GetRelease(owner, repo string, id int64) (*Release, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
r := new(Release)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET",
fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/releases/%d", owner, repo, id),
jsonHeader, nil, &r)
return r, resp, err
}
// GetReleaseByTag get a release of a repository by tag
func (c *Client) GetReleaseByTag(owner, repo string, tag string) (*Release, *Response, error) {
if c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_13_0) != nil {
return c.fallbackGetReleaseByTag(owner, repo, tag)
}
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo, &tag); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
r := new(Release)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET",
fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/releases/tags/%s", owner, repo, tag),
nil, nil, &r)
return r, resp, err
}
// CreateReleaseOption options when creating a release
type CreateReleaseOption struct {
TagName string `json:"tag_name"`
Target string `json:"target_commitish"`
Title string `json:"name"`
Note string `json:"body"`
IsDraft bool `json:"draft"`
IsPrerelease bool `json:"prerelease"`
}
// Validate the CreateReleaseOption struct
func (opt CreateReleaseOption) Validate() error {
if len(strings.TrimSpace(opt.Title)) == 0 {
return fmt.Errorf("title is empty")
}
return nil
}
// CreateRelease create a release
func (c *Client) CreateRelease(owner, repo string, opt CreateReleaseOption) (*Release, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
if err := opt.Validate(); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
body, err := json.Marshal(opt)
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
r := new(Release)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST",
fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/releases", owner, repo),
jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), r)
return r, resp, err
}
// EditReleaseOption options when editing a release
type EditReleaseOption struct {
TagName string `json:"tag_name"`
Target string `json:"target_commitish"`
Title string `json:"name"`
Note string `json:"body"`
IsDraft *bool `json:"draft"`
IsPrerelease *bool `json:"prerelease"`
}
// EditRelease edit a release
func (c *Client) EditRelease(owner, repo string, id int64, form EditReleaseOption) (*Release, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
body, err := json.Marshal(form)
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
r := new(Release)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("PATCH",
fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/releases/%d", owner, repo, id),
jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), r)
return r, resp, err
}
// DeleteRelease delete a release from a repository, keeping its tag
func (c *Client) DeleteRelease(user, repo string, id int64) (*Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE",
fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/releases/%d", user, repo, id),
nil, nil)
return resp, err
}
// DeleteReleaseByTag deletes a release frm a repository by tag
func (c *Client) DeleteReleaseByTag(user, repo string, tag string) (*Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo, &tag); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_14_0); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE",
fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/releases/tags/%s", user, repo, tag),
nil, nil)
return resp, err
}
// fallbackGetReleaseByTag is fallback for old gitea installations ( < 1.13.0 )
func (c *Client) fallbackGetReleaseByTag(owner, repo string, tag string) (*Release, *Response, error) {
for i := 1; ; i++ {
rl, resp, err := c.ListReleases(owner, repo, ListReleasesOptions{ListOptions: ListOptions{Page: i}})
if err != nil {
return nil, resp, err
}
if len(rl) == 0 {
return nil,
&Response{&http.Response{StatusCode: 404}},
fmt.Errorf("release with tag '%s' not found", tag)
}
for _, r := range rl {
if r.TagName == tag {
return r, resp, nil
}
}
}
}

534
vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/repo.go generated vendored
View File

@ -1,534 +0,0 @@
// Copyright 2014 The Gogs Authors. All rights reserved.
// Copyright 2020 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
package gitea
import (
"bytes"
"encoding/json"
"fmt"
"io"
"net/url"
"strings"
"time"
)
// Permission represents a set of permissions
type Permission struct {
Admin bool `json:"admin"`
Push bool `json:"push"`
Pull bool `json:"pull"`
}
// InternalTracker represents settings for internal tracker
type InternalTracker struct {
// Enable time tracking (Built-in issue tracker)
EnableTimeTracker bool `json:"enable_time_tracker"`
// Let only contributors track time (Built-in issue tracker)
AllowOnlyContributorsToTrackTime bool `json:"allow_only_contributors_to_track_time"`
// Enable dependencies for issues and pull requests (Built-in issue tracker)
EnableIssueDependencies bool `json:"enable_issue_dependencies"`
}
// ExternalTracker represents settings for external tracker
type ExternalTracker struct {
// URL of external issue tracker.
ExternalTrackerURL string `json:"external_tracker_url"`
// External Issue Tracker URL Format. Use the placeholders {user}, {repo} and {index} for the username, repository name and issue index.
ExternalTrackerFormat string `json:"external_tracker_format"`
// External Issue Tracker Number Format, either `numeric` or `alphanumeric`
ExternalTrackerStyle string `json:"external_tracker_style"`
}
// ExternalWiki represents setting for external wiki
type ExternalWiki struct {
// URL of external wiki.
ExternalWikiURL string `json:"external_wiki_url"`
}
// Repository represents a repository
type Repository struct {
ID int64 `json:"id"`
Owner *User `json:"owner"`
Name string `json:"name"`
FullName string `json:"full_name"`
Description string `json:"description"`
Empty bool `json:"empty"`
Private bool `json:"private"`
Fork bool `json:"fork"`
Template bool `json:"template"`
Parent *Repository `json:"parent"`
Mirror bool `json:"mirror"`
Size int `json:"size"`
HTMLURL string `json:"html_url"`
SSHURL string `json:"ssh_url"`
CloneURL string `json:"clone_url"`
OriginalURL string `json:"original_url"`
Website string `json:"website"`
Stars int `json:"stars_count"`
Forks int `json:"forks_count"`
Watchers int `json:"watchers_count"`
OpenIssues int `json:"open_issues_count"`
OpenPulls int `json:"open_pr_counter"`
Releases int `json:"release_counter"`
DefaultBranch string `json:"default_branch"`
Archived bool `json:"archived"`
Created time.Time `json:"created_at"`
Updated time.Time `json:"updated_at"`
Permissions *Permission `json:"permissions,omitempty"`
HasIssues bool `json:"has_issues"`
InternalTracker *InternalTracker `json:"internal_tracker,omitempty"`
ExternalTracker *ExternalTracker `json:"external_tracker,omitempty"`
HasWiki bool `json:"has_wiki"`
ExternalWiki *ExternalWiki `json:"external_wiki,omitempty"`
HasPullRequests bool `json:"has_pull_requests"`
HasProjects bool `json:"has_projects"`
IgnoreWhitespaceConflicts bool `json:"ignore_whitespace_conflicts"`
AllowMerge bool `json:"allow_merge_commits"`
AllowRebase bool `json:"allow_rebase"`
AllowRebaseMerge bool `json:"allow_rebase_explicit"`
AllowSquash bool `json:"allow_squash_merge"`
AvatarURL string `json:"avatar_url"`
Internal bool `json:"internal"`
MirrorInterval string `json:"mirror_interval"`
DefaultMergeStyle MergeStyle `json:"default_merge_style"`
}
// RepoType represent repo type
type RepoType string
const (
// RepoTypeNone dont specify a type
RepoTypeNone RepoType = ""
// RepoTypeSource is the default repo type
RepoTypeSource RepoType = "source"
// RepoTypeFork is a repo witch was forked from an other one
RepoTypeFork RepoType = "fork"
// RepoTypeMirror represents an mirror repo
RepoTypeMirror RepoType = "mirror"
)
// TrustModel represent how git signatures are handled in a repository
type TrustModel string
const (
// TrustModelDefault use TM set by global config
TrustModelDefault TrustModel = "default"
// TrustModelCollaborator gpg signature has to be owned by a repo collaborator
TrustModelCollaborator TrustModel = "collaborator"
// TrustModelCommitter gpg signature has to match committer
TrustModelCommitter TrustModel = "committer"
// TrustModelCollaboratorCommitter gpg signature has to match committer and owned by a repo collaborator
TrustModelCollaboratorCommitter TrustModel = "collaboratorcommitter"
)
// ListReposOptions options for listing repositories
type ListReposOptions struct {
ListOptions
}
// ListMyRepos lists all repositories for the authenticated user that has access to.
func (c *Client) ListMyRepos(opt ListReposOptions) ([]*Repository, *Response, error) {
opt.setDefaults()
repos := make([]*Repository, 0, opt.PageSize)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/user/repos?%s", opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &repos)
return repos, resp, err
}
// ListUserRepos list all repositories of one user by user's name
func (c *Client) ListUserRepos(user string, opt ListReposOptions) ([]*Repository, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
opt.setDefaults()
repos := make([]*Repository, 0, opt.PageSize)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/users/%s/repos?%s", user, opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &repos)
return repos, resp, err
}
// ListOrgReposOptions options for a organization's repositories
type ListOrgReposOptions struct {
ListOptions
}
// ListOrgRepos list all repositories of one organization by organization's name
func (c *Client) ListOrgRepos(org string, opt ListOrgReposOptions) ([]*Repository, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&org); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
opt.setDefaults()
repos := make([]*Repository, 0, opt.PageSize)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/orgs/%s/repos?%s", org, opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &repos)
return repos, resp, err
}
// SearchRepoOptions options for searching repositories
type SearchRepoOptions struct {
ListOptions
// The keyword to query
Keyword string
// Limit search to repositories with keyword as topic
KeywordIsTopic bool
// Include search of keyword within repository description
KeywordInDescription bool
/*
User Filter
*/
// Repo Owner
OwnerID int64
// Stared By UserID
StarredByUserID int64
/*
Repo Attributes
*/
// pubic, private or all repositories (defaults to all)
IsPrivate *bool
// archived, non-archived or all repositories (defaults to all)
IsArchived *bool
// Exclude template repos from search
ExcludeTemplate bool
// Filter by "fork", "source", "mirror"
Type RepoType
/*
Sort Filters
*/
// sort repos by attribute. Supported values are "alpha", "created", "updated", "size", and "id". Default is "alpha"
Sort string
// sort order, either "asc" (ascending) or "desc" (descending). Default is "asc", ignored if "sort" is not specified.
Order string
// Repo owner to prioritize in the results
PrioritizedByOwnerID int64
/*
Cover EdgeCases
*/
// if set all other options are ignored and this string is used as query
RawQuery string
}
// QueryEncode turns options into querystring argument
func (opt *SearchRepoOptions) QueryEncode() string {
query := opt.getURLQuery()
if opt.Keyword != "" {
query.Add("q", opt.Keyword)
}
if opt.KeywordIsTopic {
query.Add("topic", "true")
}
if opt.KeywordInDescription {
query.Add("includeDesc", "true")
}
// User Filter
if opt.OwnerID > 0 {
query.Add("uid", fmt.Sprintf("%d", opt.OwnerID))
query.Add("exclusive", "true")
}
if opt.StarredByUserID > 0 {
query.Add("starredBy", fmt.Sprintf("%d", opt.StarredByUserID))
}
// Repo Attributes
if opt.IsPrivate != nil {
query.Add("is_private", fmt.Sprintf("%v", opt.IsPrivate))
}
if opt.IsArchived != nil {
query.Add("archived", fmt.Sprintf("%v", opt.IsArchived))
}
if opt.ExcludeTemplate {
query.Add("template", "false")
}
if len(opt.Type) != 0 {
query.Add("mode", string(opt.Type))
}
// Sort Filters
if opt.Sort != "" {
query.Add("sort", opt.Sort)
}
if opt.PrioritizedByOwnerID > 0 {
query.Add("priority_owner_id", fmt.Sprintf("%d", opt.PrioritizedByOwnerID))
}
if opt.Order != "" {
query.Add("order", opt.Order)
}
return query.Encode()
}
type searchRepoResponse struct {
Repos []*Repository `json:"data"`
}
// SearchRepos searches for repositories matching the given filters
func (c *Client) SearchRepos(opt SearchRepoOptions) ([]*Repository, *Response, error) {
opt.setDefaults()
repos := new(searchRepoResponse)
link, _ := url.Parse("/repos/search")
if len(opt.RawQuery) != 0 {
link.RawQuery = opt.RawQuery
} else {
link.RawQuery = opt.QueryEncode()
// IsPrivate only works on gitea >= 1.12.0
if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil && opt.IsPrivate != nil {
if *opt.IsPrivate {
// private repos only not supported on gitea <= 1.11.x
return nil, nil, err
}
link.Query().Add("private", "false")
}
}
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", link.String(), nil, nil, &repos)
return repos.Repos, resp, err
}
// CreateRepoOption options when creating repository
type CreateRepoOption struct {
// Name of the repository to create
Name string `json:"name"`
// Description of the repository to create
Description string `json:"description"`
// Whether the repository is private
Private bool `json:"private"`
// Issue Label set to use
IssueLabels string `json:"issue_labels"`
// Whether the repository should be auto-intialized?
AutoInit bool `json:"auto_init"`
// Whether the repository is template
Template bool `json:"template"`
// Gitignores to use
Gitignores string `json:"gitignores"`
// License to use
License string `json:"license"`
// Readme of the repository to create
Readme string `json:"readme"`
// DefaultBranch of the repository (used when initializes and in template)
DefaultBranch string `json:"default_branch"`
// TrustModel of the repository
TrustModel TrustModel `json:"trust_model"`
}
// Validate the CreateRepoOption struct
func (opt CreateRepoOption) Validate(c *Client) error {
if len(strings.TrimSpace(opt.Name)) == 0 {
return fmt.Errorf("name is empty")
}
if len(opt.Name) > 100 {
return fmt.Errorf("name has more than 100 chars")
}
if len(opt.Description) > 255 {
return fmt.Errorf("name has more than 255 chars")
}
if len(opt.DefaultBranch) > 100 {
return fmt.Errorf("name has more than 100 chars")
}
if len(opt.TrustModel) != 0 {
if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_13_0); err != nil {
return err
}
}
return nil
}
// CreateRepo creates a repository for authenticated user.
func (c *Client) CreateRepo(opt CreateRepoOption) (*Repository, *Response, error) {
if err := opt.Validate(c); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
repo := new(Repository)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", "/user/repos", jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), repo)
return repo, resp, err
}
// CreateOrgRepo creates an organization repository for authenticated user.
func (c *Client) CreateOrgRepo(org string, opt CreateRepoOption) (*Repository, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&org); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
if err := opt.Validate(c); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
repo := new(Repository)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/org/%s/repos", org), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), repo)
return repo, resp, err
}
// GetRepo returns information of a repository of given owner.
func (c *Client) GetRepo(owner, reponame string) (*Repository, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &reponame); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
repo := new(Repository)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s", owner, reponame), nil, nil, repo)
return repo, resp, err
}
// GetRepoByID returns information of a repository by a giver repository ID.
func (c *Client) GetRepoByID(id int64) (*Repository, *Response, error) {
repo := new(Repository)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repositories/%d", id), nil, nil, repo)
return repo, resp, err
}
// EditRepoOption options when editing a repository's properties
type EditRepoOption struct {
// name of the repository
Name *string `json:"name,omitempty"`
// a short description of the repository.
Description *string `json:"description,omitempty"`
// a URL with more information about the repository.
Website *string `json:"website,omitempty"`
// either `true` to make the repository private or `false` to make it public.
// Note: you will get a 422 error if the organization restricts changing repository visibility to organization
// owners and a non-owner tries to change the value of private.
Private *bool `json:"private,omitempty"`
// either `true` to make this repository a template or `false` to make it a normal repository
Template *bool `json:"template,omitempty"`
// either `true` to enable issues for this repository or `false` to disable them.
HasIssues *bool `json:"has_issues,omitempty"`
// set this structure to configure internal issue tracker (requires has_issues)
InternalTracker *InternalTracker `json:"internal_tracker,omitempty"`
// set this structure to use external issue tracker (requires has_issues)
ExternalTracker *ExternalTracker `json:"external_tracker,omitempty"`
// either `true` to enable the wiki for this repository or `false` to disable it.
HasWiki *bool `json:"has_wiki,omitempty"`
// set this structure to use external wiki instead of internal (requires has_wiki)
ExternalWiki *ExternalWiki `json:"external_wiki,omitempty"`
// sets the default branch for this repository.
DefaultBranch *string `json:"default_branch,omitempty"`
// either `true` to allow pull requests, or `false` to prevent pull request.
HasPullRequests *bool `json:"has_pull_requests,omitempty"`
// either `true` to enable project unit, or `false` to disable them.
HasProjects *bool `json:"has_projects,omitempty"`
// either `true` to ignore whitespace for conflicts, or `false` to not ignore whitespace. `has_pull_requests` must be `true`.
IgnoreWhitespaceConflicts *bool `json:"ignore_whitespace_conflicts,omitempty"`
// either `true` to allow merging pull requests with a merge commit, or `false` to prevent merging pull requests with merge commits. `has_pull_requests` must be `true`.
AllowMerge *bool `json:"allow_merge_commits,omitempty"`
// either `true` to allow rebase-merging pull requests, or `false` to prevent rebase-merging. `has_pull_requests` must be `true`.
AllowRebase *bool `json:"allow_rebase,omitempty"`
// either `true` to allow rebase with explicit merge commits (--no-ff), or `false` to prevent rebase with explicit merge commits. `has_pull_requests` must be `true`.
AllowRebaseMerge *bool `json:"allow_rebase_explicit,omitempty"`
// either `true` to allow squash-merging pull requests, or `false` to prevent squash-merging. `has_pull_requests` must be `true`.
AllowSquash *bool `json:"allow_squash_merge,omitempty"`
// set to `true` to archive this repository.
Archived *bool `json:"archived,omitempty"`
// set to a string like `8h30m0s` to set the mirror interval time
MirrorInterval *string `json:"mirror_interval,omitempty"`
// either `true` to allow mark pr as merged manually, or `false` to prevent it. `has_pull_requests` must be `true`.
AllowManualMerge *bool `json:"allow_manual_merge,omitempty"`
// either `true` to enable AutodetectManualMerge, or `false` to prevent it. `has_pull_requests` must be `true`, Note: In some special cases, misjudgments can occur.
AutodetectManualMerge *bool `json:"autodetect_manual_merge,omitempty"`
// set to a merge style to be used by this repository: "merge", "rebase", "rebase-merge", or "squash". `has_pull_requests` must be `true`.
DefaultMergeStyle *MergeStyle `json:"default_merge_style,omitempty"`
// set to `true` to archive this repository.
}
// EditRepo edit the properties of a repository
func (c *Client) EditRepo(owner, reponame string, opt EditRepoOption) (*Repository, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &reponame); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
repo := new(Repository)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("PATCH", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s", owner, reponame), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), repo)
return repo, resp, err
}
// DeleteRepo deletes a repository of user or organization.
func (c *Client) DeleteRepo(owner, repo string) (*Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s", owner, repo), nil, nil)
return resp, err
}
// MirrorSync adds a mirrored repository to the mirror sync queue.
func (c *Client) MirrorSync(owner, repo string) (*Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
_, resp, err := c.getResponse("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/mirror-sync", owner, repo), nil, nil)
return resp, err
}
// GetRepoLanguages return language stats of a repo
func (c *Client) GetRepoLanguages(owner, repo string) (map[string]int64, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
langMap := make(map[string]int64)
data, resp, err := c.getResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/languages", owner, repo), jsonHeader, nil)
if err != nil {
return nil, resp, err
}
if err = json.Unmarshal(data, &langMap); err != nil {
return nil, resp, err
}
return langMap, resp, nil
}
// ArchiveType represent supported archive formats by gitea
type ArchiveType string
const (
// ZipArchive represent zip format
ZipArchive ArchiveType = ".zip"
// TarGZArchive represent tar.gz format
TarGZArchive ArchiveType = ".tar.gz"
)
// GetArchive get an archive of a repository by git reference
// e.g.: ref -> master, 70b7c74b33, v1.2.1, ...
func (c *Client) GetArchive(owner, repo, ref string, ext ArchiveType) ([]byte, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
ref = pathEscapeSegments(ref)
return c.getResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/archive/%s%s", owner, repo, ref, ext), nil, nil)
}
// GetArchiveReader gets a `git archive` for a particular tree-ish git reference
// such as a branch name (`master`), a commit hash (`70b7c74b33`), a tag
// (`v1.2.1`). The archive is returned as a byte stream in a ReadCloser. It is
// the responsibility of the client to close the reader.
func (c *Client) GetArchiveReader(owner, repo, ref string, ext ArchiveType) (io.ReadCloser, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
ref = pathEscapeSegments(ref)
resp, err := c.doRequest("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/archive/%s%s", owner, repo, ref, ext), nil, nil)
if err != nil {
return nil, resp, err
}
if _, err := statusCodeToErr(resp); err != nil {
return nil, resp, err
}
return resp.Body, resp, nil
}

143
vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/repo_branch.go generated vendored
View File

@ -1,143 +0,0 @@
// Copyright 2016 The Gogs Authors. All rights reserved.
// Copyright 2020 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
package gitea
import (
"bytes"
"encoding/json"
"fmt"
"time"
)
// PayloadUser represents the author or committer of a commit
type PayloadUser struct {
// Full name of the commit author
Name string `json:"name"`
Email string `json:"email"`
UserName string `json:"username"`
}
// PayloadCommit represents a commit
type PayloadCommit struct {
// sha1 hash of the commit
ID string `json:"id"`
Message string `json:"message"`
URL string `json:"url"`
Author *PayloadUser `json:"author"`
Committer *PayloadUser `json:"committer"`
Verification *PayloadCommitVerification `json:"verification"`
Timestamp time.Time `json:"timestamp"`
Added []string `json:"added"`
Removed []string `json:"removed"`
Modified []string `json:"modified"`
}
// PayloadCommitVerification represents the GPG verification of a commit
type PayloadCommitVerification struct {
Verified bool `json:"verified"`
Reason string `json:"reason"`
Signature string `json:"signature"`
Payload string `json:"payload"`
}
// Branch represents a repository branch
type Branch struct {
Name string `json:"name"`
Commit *PayloadCommit `json:"commit"`
Protected bool `json:"protected"`
RequiredApprovals int64 `json:"required_approvals"`
EnableStatusCheck bool `json:"enable_status_check"`
StatusCheckContexts []string `json:"status_check_contexts"`
UserCanPush bool `json:"user_can_push"`
UserCanMerge bool `json:"user_can_merge"`
EffectiveBranchProtectionName string `json:"effective_branch_protection_name"`
}
// ListRepoBranchesOptions options for listing a repository's branches
type ListRepoBranchesOptions struct {
ListOptions
}
// ListRepoBranches list all the branches of one repository
func (c *Client) ListRepoBranches(user, repo string, opt ListRepoBranchesOptions) ([]*Branch, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
opt.setDefaults()
branches := make([]*Branch, 0, opt.PageSize)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/branches?%s", user, repo, opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &branches)
return branches, resp, err
}
// GetRepoBranch get one branch's information of one repository
func (c *Client) GetRepoBranch(user, repo, branch string) (*Branch, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo, &branch); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
b := new(Branch)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/branches/%s", user, repo, branch), nil, nil, &b)
if err != nil {
return nil, resp, err
}
return b, resp, nil
}
// DeleteRepoBranch delete a branch in a repository
func (c *Client) DeleteRepoBranch(user, repo, branch string) (bool, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo, &branch); err != nil {
return false, nil, err
}
if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil {
return false, nil, err
}
status, resp, err := c.getStatusCode("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/branches/%s", user, repo, branch), nil, nil)
if err != nil {
return false, resp, err
}
return status == 204, resp, nil
}
// CreateBranchOption options when creating a branch in a repository
type CreateBranchOption struct {
// Name of the branch to create
BranchName string `json:"new_branch_name"`
// Name of the old branch to create from (optional)
OldBranchName string `json:"old_branch_name"`
}
// Validate the CreateBranchOption struct
func (opt CreateBranchOption) Validate() error {
if len(opt.BranchName) == 0 {
return fmt.Errorf("BranchName is empty")
}
if len(opt.BranchName) > 100 {
return fmt.Errorf("BranchName to long")
}
if len(opt.OldBranchName) > 100 {
return fmt.Errorf("OldBranchName to long")
}
return nil
}
// CreateBranch creates a branch for a user's repository
func (c *Client) CreateBranch(owner, repo string, opt CreateBranchOption) (*Branch, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_13_0); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
if err := opt.Validate(); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
branch := new(Branch)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/branches", owner, repo), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), branch)
return branch, resp, err
}

168
vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/repo_branch_protection.go generated vendored
View File

@ -1,168 +0,0 @@
// Copyright 2020 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
package gitea
import (
"bytes"
"encoding/json"
"fmt"
"net/url"
"time"
)
// BranchProtection represents a branch protection for a repository
type BranchProtection struct {
BranchName string `json:"branch_name"`
EnablePush bool `json:"enable_push"`
EnablePushWhitelist bool `json:"enable_push_whitelist"`
PushWhitelistUsernames []string `json:"push_whitelist_usernames"`
PushWhitelistTeams []string `json:"push_whitelist_teams"`
PushWhitelistDeployKeys bool `json:"push_whitelist_deploy_keys"`
EnableMergeWhitelist bool `json:"enable_merge_whitelist"`
MergeWhitelistUsernames []string `json:"merge_whitelist_usernames"`
MergeWhitelistTeams []string `json:"merge_whitelist_teams"`
EnableStatusCheck bool `json:"enable_status_check"`
StatusCheckContexts []string `json:"status_check_contexts"`
RequiredApprovals int64 `json:"required_approvals"`
EnableApprovalsWhitelist bool `json:"enable_approvals_whitelist"`
ApprovalsWhitelistUsernames []string `json:"approvals_whitelist_username"`
ApprovalsWhitelistTeams []string `json:"approvals_whitelist_teams"`
BlockOnRejectedReviews bool `json:"block_on_rejected_reviews"`
BlockOnOfficialReviewRequests bool `json:"block_on_official_review_requests"`
BlockOnOutdatedBranch bool `json:"block_on_outdated_branch"`
DismissStaleApprovals bool `json:"dismiss_stale_approvals"`
RequireSignedCommits bool `json:"require_signed_commits"`
ProtectedFilePatterns string `json:"protected_file_patterns"`
Created time.Time `json:"created_at"`
Updated time.Time `json:"updated_at"`
}
// CreateBranchProtectionOption options for creating a branch protection
type CreateBranchProtectionOption struct {
BranchName string `json:"branch_name"`
EnablePush bool `json:"enable_push"`
EnablePushWhitelist bool `json:"enable_push_whitelist"`
PushWhitelistUsernames []string `json:"push_whitelist_usernames"`
PushWhitelistTeams []string `json:"push_whitelist_teams"`
PushWhitelistDeployKeys bool `json:"push_whitelist_deploy_keys"`
EnableMergeWhitelist bool `json:"enable_merge_whitelist"`
MergeWhitelistUsernames []string `json:"merge_whitelist_usernames"`
MergeWhitelistTeams []string `json:"merge_whitelist_teams"`
EnableStatusCheck bool `json:"enable_status_check"`
StatusCheckContexts []string `json:"status_check_contexts"`
RequiredApprovals int64 `json:"required_approvals"`
EnableApprovalsWhitelist bool `json:"enable_approvals_whitelist"`
ApprovalsWhitelistUsernames []string `json:"approvals_whitelist_username"`
ApprovalsWhitelistTeams []string `json:"approvals_whitelist_teams"`
BlockOnRejectedReviews bool `json:"block_on_rejected_reviews"`
BlockOnOfficialReviewRequests bool `json:"block_on_official_review_requests"`
BlockOnOutdatedBranch bool `json:"block_on_outdated_branch"`
DismissStaleApprovals bool `json:"dismiss_stale_approvals"`
RequireSignedCommits bool `json:"require_signed_commits"`
ProtectedFilePatterns string `json:"protected_file_patterns"`
}
// EditBranchProtectionOption options for editing a branch protection
type EditBranchProtectionOption struct {
EnablePush *bool `json:"enable_push"`
EnablePushWhitelist *bool `json:"enable_push_whitelist"`
PushWhitelistUsernames []string `json:"push_whitelist_usernames"`
PushWhitelistTeams []string `json:"push_whitelist_teams"`
PushWhitelistDeployKeys *bool `json:"push_whitelist_deploy_keys"`
EnableMergeWhitelist *bool `json:"enable_merge_whitelist"`
MergeWhitelistUsernames []string `json:"merge_whitelist_usernames"`
MergeWhitelistTeams []string `json:"merge_whitelist_teams"`
EnableStatusCheck *bool `json:"enable_status_check"`
StatusCheckContexts []string `json:"status_check_contexts"`
RequiredApprovals *int64 `json:"required_approvals"`
EnableApprovalsWhitelist *bool `json:"enable_approvals_whitelist"`
ApprovalsWhitelistUsernames []string `json:"approvals_whitelist_username"`
ApprovalsWhitelistTeams []string `json:"approvals_whitelist_teams"`
BlockOnRejectedReviews *bool `json:"block_on_rejected_reviews"`
BlockOnOfficialReviewRequests *bool `json:"block_on_official_review_requests"`
BlockOnOutdatedBranch *bool `json:"block_on_outdated_branch"`
DismissStaleApprovals *bool `json:"dismiss_stale_approvals"`
RequireSignedCommits *bool `json:"require_signed_commits"`
ProtectedFilePatterns *string `json:"protected_file_patterns"`
}
// ListBranchProtectionsOptions list branch protection options
type ListBranchProtectionsOptions struct {
ListOptions
}
// ListBranchProtections list branch protections for a repo
func (c *Client) ListBranchProtections(owner, repo string, opt ListBranchProtectionsOptions) ([]*BranchProtection, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
bps := make([]*BranchProtection, 0, opt.PageSize)
link, _ := url.Parse(fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/branch_protections", owner, repo))
link.RawQuery = opt.getURLQuery().Encode()
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", link.String(), jsonHeader, nil, &bps)
return bps, resp, err
}
// GetBranchProtection gets a branch protection
func (c *Client) GetBranchProtection(owner, repo, name string) (*BranchProtection, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo, &name); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
bp := new(BranchProtection)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/branch_protections/%s", owner, repo, name), jsonHeader, nil, bp)
return bp, resp, err
}
// CreateBranchProtection creates a branch protection for a repo
func (c *Client) CreateBranchProtection(owner, repo string, opt CreateBranchProtectionOption) (*BranchProtection, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
bp := new(BranchProtection)
body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/branch_protections", owner, repo), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), bp)
return bp, resp, err
}
// EditBranchProtection edits a branch protection for a repo
func (c *Client) EditBranchProtection(owner, repo, name string, opt EditBranchProtectionOption) (*BranchProtection, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo, &name); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
bp := new(BranchProtection)
body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("PATCH", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/branch_protections/%s", owner, repo, name), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), bp)
return bp, resp, err
}
// DeleteBranchProtection deletes a branch protection for a repo
func (c *Client) DeleteBranchProtection(owner, repo, name string) (*Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo, &name); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/branch_protections/%s", owner, repo, name), jsonHeader, nil)
return resp, err
}

136
vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/repo_collaborator.go generated vendored
View File

@ -1,136 +0,0 @@
// Copyright 2021 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
// Copyright 2016 The Gogs Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
package gitea
import (
"bytes"
"encoding/json"
"fmt"
)
// ListCollaboratorsOptions options for listing a repository's collaborators
type ListCollaboratorsOptions struct {
ListOptions
}
// ListCollaborators list a repository's collaborators
func (c *Client) ListCollaborators(user, repo string, opt ListCollaboratorsOptions) ([]*User, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
opt.setDefaults()
collaborators := make([]*User, 0, opt.PageSize)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET",
fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/collaborators?%s", user, repo, opt.getURLQuery().Encode()),
nil, nil, &collaborators)
return collaborators, resp, err
}
// IsCollaborator check if a user is a collaborator of a repository
func (c *Client) IsCollaborator(user, repo, collaborator string) (bool, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo, &collaborator); err != nil {
return false, nil, err
}
status, resp, err := c.getStatusCode("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/collaborators/%s", user, repo, collaborator), nil, nil)
if err != nil {
return false, resp, err
}
if status == 204 {
return true, resp, nil
}
return false, resp, nil
}
// AddCollaboratorOption options when adding a user as a collaborator of a repository
type AddCollaboratorOption struct {
Permission *AccessMode `json:"permission"`
}
// AccessMode represent the grade of access you have to something
type AccessMode string
const (
// AccessModeNone no access
AccessModeNone AccessMode = "none"
// AccessModeRead read access
AccessModeRead AccessMode = "read"
// AccessModeWrite write access
AccessModeWrite AccessMode = "write"
// AccessModeAdmin admin access
AccessModeAdmin AccessMode = "admin"
// AccessModeOwner owner
AccessModeOwner AccessMode = "owner"
)
// Validate the AddCollaboratorOption struct
func (opt AddCollaboratorOption) Validate() error {
if opt.Permission != nil {
if *opt.Permission == AccessModeOwner {
*opt.Permission = AccessModeAdmin
return nil
}
if *opt.Permission == AccessModeNone {
opt.Permission = nil
return nil
}
if *opt.Permission != AccessModeRead && *opt.Permission != AccessModeWrite && *opt.Permission != AccessModeAdmin {
return fmt.Errorf("permission mode invalid")
}
}
return nil
}
// AddCollaborator add some user as a collaborator of a repository
func (c *Client) AddCollaborator(user, repo, collaborator string, opt AddCollaboratorOption) (*Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo, &collaborator); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
if err := opt.Validate(); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
_, resp, err := c.getResponse("PUT", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/collaborators/%s", user, repo, collaborator), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body))
return resp, err
}
// DeleteCollaborator remove a collaborator from a repository
func (c *Client) DeleteCollaborator(user, repo, collaborator string) (*Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo, &collaborator); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE",
fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/collaborators/%s", user, repo, collaborator), nil, nil)
return resp, err
}
// GetReviewers return all users that can be requested to review in this repo
func (c *Client) GetReviewers(user, repo string) ([]*User, *Response, error) {
if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_15_0); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
reviewers := make([]*User, 0, 5)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/reviewers", user, repo), nil, nil, &reviewers)
return reviewers, resp, err
}
// GetAssignees return all users that have write access and can be assigned to issues
func (c *Client) GetAssignees(user, repo string) ([]*User, *Response, error) {
if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_15_0); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
assignees := make([]*User, 0, 5)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/assignees", user, repo), nil, nil, &assignees)
return assignees, resp, err
}

101
vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/repo_commit.go generated vendored
View File

@ -1,101 +0,0 @@
// Copyright 2018 The Gogs Authors. All rights reserved.
// Copyright 2019 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
package gitea
import (
"fmt"
"net/url"
"time"
)
// Identity for a person's identity like an author or committer
type Identity struct {
Name string `json:"name"`
Email string `json:"email"`
}
// CommitMeta contains meta information of a commit in terms of API.
type CommitMeta struct {
URL string `json:"url"`
SHA string `json:"sha"`
Created time.Time `json:"created"`
}
// CommitUser contains information of a user in the context of a commit.
type CommitUser struct {
Identity
Date string `json:"date"`
}
// RepoCommit contains information of a commit in the context of a repository.
type RepoCommit struct {
URL string `json:"url"`
Author *CommitUser `json:"author"`
Committer *CommitUser `json:"committer"`
Message string `json:"message"`
Tree *CommitMeta `json:"tree"`
}
// Commit contains information generated from a Git commit.
type Commit struct {
*CommitMeta
HTMLURL string `json:"html_url"`
RepoCommit *RepoCommit `json:"commit"`
Author *User `json:"author"`
Committer *User `json:"committer"`
Parents []*CommitMeta `json:"parents"`
Files []*CommitAffectedFiles `json:"files"`
}
// CommitDateOptions store dates for GIT_AUTHOR_DATE and GIT_COMMITTER_DATE
type CommitDateOptions struct {
Author time.Time `json:"author"`
Committer time.Time `json:"committer"`
}
// CommitAffectedFiles store information about files affected by the commit
type CommitAffectedFiles struct {
Filename string `json:"filename"`
}
// GetSingleCommit returns a single commit
func (c *Client) GetSingleCommit(user, repo, commitID string) (*Commit, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo, &commitID); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
commit := new(Commit)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/git/commits/%s", user, repo, commitID), nil, nil, &commit)
return commit, resp, err
}
// ListCommitOptions list commit options
type ListCommitOptions struct {
ListOptions
//SHA or branch to start listing commits from (usually 'master')
SHA string
}
// QueryEncode turns options into querystring argument
func (opt *ListCommitOptions) QueryEncode() string {
query := opt.ListOptions.getURLQuery()
if opt.SHA != "" {
query.Add("sha", opt.SHA)
}
return query.Encode()
}
// ListRepoCommits return list of commits from a repo
func (c *Client) ListRepoCommits(user, repo string, opt ListCommitOptions) ([]*Commit, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
link, _ := url.Parse(fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/commits", user, repo))
opt.setDefaults()
commits := make([]*Commit, 0, opt.PageSize)
link.RawQuery = opt.QueryEncode()
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", link.String(), nil, nil, &commits)
return commits, resp, err
}

247
vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/repo_file.go generated vendored
View File

@ -1,247 +0,0 @@
// Copyright 2014 The Gogs Authors. All rights reserved.
// Copyright 2019 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
package gitea
import (
"bytes"
"encoding/json"
"fmt"
"net/url"
"strings"
)
// FileOptions options for all file APIs
type FileOptions struct {
// message (optional) for the commit of this file. if not supplied, a default message will be used
Message string `json:"message"`
// branch (optional) to base this file from. if not given, the default branch is used
BranchName string `json:"branch"`
// new_branch (optional) will make a new branch from `branch` before creating the file
NewBranchName string `json:"new_branch"`
// `author` and `committer` are optional (if only one is given, it will be used for the other, otherwise the authenticated user will be used)
Author Identity `json:"author"`
Committer Identity `json:"committer"`
Dates CommitDateOptions `json:"dates"`
// Add a Signed-off-by trailer by the committer at the end of the commit log message.
Signoff bool `json:"signoff"`
}
// CreateFileOptions options for creating files
// Note: `author` and `committer` are optional (if only one is given, it will be used for the other, otherwise the authenticated user will be used)
type CreateFileOptions struct {
FileOptions
// content must be base64 encoded
// required: true
Content string `json:"content"`
}
// DeleteFileOptions options for deleting files (used for other File structs below)
// Note: `author` and `committer` are optional (if only one is given, it will be used for the other, otherwise the authenticated user will be used)
type DeleteFileOptions struct {
FileOptions
// sha is the SHA for the file that already exists
// required: true
SHA string `json:"sha"`
}
// UpdateFileOptions options for updating files
// Note: `author` and `committer` are optional (if only one is given, it will be used for the other, otherwise the authenticated user will be used)
type UpdateFileOptions struct {
FileOptions
// sha is the SHA for the file that already exists
// required: true
SHA string `json:"sha"`
// content must be base64 encoded
// required: true
Content string `json:"content"`
// from_path (optional) is the path of the original file which will be moved/renamed to the path in the URL
FromPath string `json:"from_path"`
}
// FileLinksResponse contains the links for a repo's file
type FileLinksResponse struct {
Self *string `json:"self"`
GitURL *string `json:"git"`
HTMLURL *string `json:"html"`
}
// ContentsResponse contains information about a repo's entry's (dir, file, symlink, submodule) metadata and content
type ContentsResponse struct {
Name string `json:"name"`
Path string `json:"path"`
SHA string `json:"sha"`
// `type` will be `file`, `dir`, `symlink`, or `submodule`
Type string `json:"type"`
Size int64 `json:"size"`
// `encoding` is populated when `type` is `file`, otherwise null
Encoding *string `json:"encoding"`
// `content` is populated when `type` is `file`, otherwise null
Content *string `json:"content"`
// `target` is populated when `type` is `symlink`, otherwise null
Target *string `json:"target"`
URL *string `json:"url"`
HTMLURL *string `json:"html_url"`
GitURL *string `json:"git_url"`
DownloadURL *string `json:"download_url"`
// `submodule_git_url` is populated when `type` is `submodule`, otherwise null
SubmoduleGitURL *string `json:"submodule_git_url"`
Links *FileLinksResponse `json:"_links"`
}
// FileCommitResponse contains information generated from a Git commit for a repo's file.
type FileCommitResponse struct {
CommitMeta
HTMLURL string `json:"html_url"`
Author *CommitUser `json:"author"`
Committer *CommitUser `json:"committer"`
Parents []*CommitMeta `json:"parents"`
Message string `json:"message"`
Tree *CommitMeta `json:"tree"`
}
// FileResponse contains information about a repo's file
type FileResponse struct {
Content *ContentsResponse `json:"content"`
Commit *FileCommitResponse `json:"commit"`
Verification *PayloadCommitVerification `json:"verification"`
}
// FileDeleteResponse contains information about a repo's file that was deleted
type FileDeleteResponse struct {
Content interface{} `json:"content"` // to be set to nil
Commit *FileCommitResponse `json:"commit"`
Verification *PayloadCommitVerification `json:"verification"`
}
// GetFile downloads a file of repository, ref can be branch/tag/commit.
// e.g.: ref -> master, filepath -> README.md (no leading slash)
func (c *Client) GetFile(owner, repo, ref, filepath string) ([]byte, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
filepath = pathEscapeSegments(filepath)
if c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_14_0) != nil {
ref = pathEscapeSegments(ref)
return c.getResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/raw/%s/%s", owner, repo, ref, filepath), nil, nil)
}
return c.getResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/raw/%s?ref=%s", owner, repo, filepath, url.QueryEscape(ref)), nil, nil)
}
// GetContents get the metadata and contents of a file in a repository
// ref is optional
func (c *Client) GetContents(owner, repo, ref, filepath string) (*ContentsResponse, *Response, error) {
data, resp, err := c.getDirOrFileContents(owner, repo, ref, filepath)
if err != nil {
return nil, resp, err
}
cr := new(ContentsResponse)
if json.Unmarshal(data, &cr) != nil {
return nil, resp, fmt.Errorf("expect file, got directory")
}
return cr, resp, err
}
// ListContents gets a list of entries in a dir
// ref is optional
func (c *Client) ListContents(owner, repo, ref, filepath string) ([]*ContentsResponse, *Response, error) {
data, resp, err := c.getDirOrFileContents(owner, repo, ref, filepath)
if err != nil {
return nil, resp, err
}
crl := make([]*ContentsResponse, 0)
if json.Unmarshal(data, &crl) != nil {
return nil, resp, fmt.Errorf("expect directory, got file")
}
return crl, resp, err
}
func (c *Client) getDirOrFileContents(owner, repo, ref, filepath string) ([]byte, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
filepath = pathEscapeSegments(strings.TrimPrefix(filepath, "/"))
return c.getResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/contents/%s?ref=%s", owner, repo, filepath, url.QueryEscape(ref)), jsonHeader, nil)
}
// CreateFile create a file in a repository
func (c *Client) CreateFile(owner, repo, filepath string, opt CreateFileOptions) (*FileResponse, *Response, error) {
var err error
if opt.BranchName, err = c.setDefaultBranchForOldVersions(owner, repo, opt.BranchName); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
filepath = pathEscapeSegments(filepath)
body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
fr := new(FileResponse)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/contents/%s", owner, repo, filepath), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), fr)
return fr, resp, err
}
// UpdateFile update a file in a repository
func (c *Client) UpdateFile(owner, repo, filepath string, opt UpdateFileOptions) (*FileResponse, *Response, error) {
var err error
if opt.BranchName, err = c.setDefaultBranchForOldVersions(owner, repo, opt.BranchName); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
filepath = pathEscapeSegments(filepath)
body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
fr := new(FileResponse)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("PUT", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/contents/%s", owner, repo, filepath), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), fr)
return fr, resp, err
}
// DeleteFile delete a file from repository
func (c *Client) DeleteFile(owner, repo, filepath string, opt DeleteFileOptions) (*Response, error) {
var err error
if opt.BranchName, err = c.setDefaultBranchForOldVersions(owner, repo, opt.BranchName); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
filepath = pathEscapeSegments(filepath)
body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
status, resp, err := c.getStatusCode("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/contents/%s", owner, repo, filepath), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body))
if err != nil {
return resp, err
}
if status != 200 && status != 204 {
return resp, fmt.Errorf("unexpected Status: %d", status)
}
return resp, nil
}
func (c *Client) setDefaultBranchForOldVersions(owner, repo, branch string) (string, error) {
if len(branch) == 0 {
// Gitea >= 1.12.0 Use DefaultBranch on "", mimic this for older versions
if c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0) != nil {
r, _, err := c.GetRepo(owner, repo)
if err != nil {
return "", err
}
return r.DefaultBranch, nil
}
}
return branch, nil
}

91
vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/repo_key.go generated vendored
View File

@ -1,91 +0,0 @@
// Copyright 2015 The Gogs Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
package gitea
import (
"bytes"
"encoding/json"
"fmt"
"net/url"
"time"
)
// DeployKey a deploy key
type DeployKey struct {
ID int64 `json:"id"`
KeyID int64 `json:"key_id"`
Key string `json:"key"`
URL string `json:"url"`
Title string `json:"title"`
Fingerprint string `json:"fingerprint"`
Created time.Time `json:"created_at"`
ReadOnly bool `json:"read_only"`
Repository *Repository `json:"repository,omitempty"`
}
// ListDeployKeysOptions options for listing a repository's deploy keys
type ListDeployKeysOptions struct {
ListOptions
KeyID int64
Fingerprint string
}
// QueryEncode turns options into querystring argument
func (opt *ListDeployKeysOptions) QueryEncode() string {
query := opt.getURLQuery()
if opt.KeyID > 0 {
query.Add("key_id", fmt.Sprintf("%d", opt.KeyID))
}
if len(opt.Fingerprint) > 0 {
query.Add("fingerprint", opt.Fingerprint)
}
return query.Encode()
}
// ListDeployKeys list all the deploy keys of one repository
func (c *Client) ListDeployKeys(user, repo string, opt ListDeployKeysOptions) ([]*DeployKey, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
link, _ := url.Parse(fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/keys", user, repo))
opt.setDefaults()
link.RawQuery = opt.QueryEncode()
keys := make([]*DeployKey, 0, opt.PageSize)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", link.String(), nil, nil, &keys)
return keys, resp, err
}
// GetDeployKey get one deploy key with key id
func (c *Client) GetDeployKey(user, repo string, keyID int64) (*DeployKey, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
key := new(DeployKey)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/keys/%d", user, repo, keyID), nil, nil, &key)
return key, resp, err
}
// CreateDeployKey options when create one deploy key
func (c *Client) CreateDeployKey(user, repo string, opt CreateKeyOption) (*DeployKey, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
key := new(DeployKey)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/keys", user, repo), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), key)
return key, resp, err
}
// DeleteDeployKey delete deploy key with key id
func (c *Client) DeleteDeployKey(owner, repo string, keyID int64) (*Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/keys/%d", owner, repo, keyID), nil, nil)
return resp, err
}

132
vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/repo_migrate.go generated vendored
View File

@ -1,132 +0,0 @@
// Copyright 2020 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
package gitea
import (
"bytes"
"encoding/json"
"fmt"
)
// GitServiceType represents a git service
type GitServiceType string
const (
// GitServicePlain represents a plain git service
GitServicePlain GitServiceType = "git"
//GitServiceGithub represents github.com
GitServiceGithub GitServiceType = "github"
// GitServiceGitlab represents a gitlab service
GitServiceGitlab GitServiceType = "gitlab"
// GitServiceGitea represents a gitea service
GitServiceGitea GitServiceType = "gitea"
// GitServiceGogs represents a gogs service
GitServiceGogs GitServiceType = "gogs"
)
// MigrateRepoOption options for migrating a repository from an external service
type MigrateRepoOption struct {
RepoName string `json:"repo_name"`
RepoOwner string `json:"repo_owner"`
// deprecated use RepoOwner
RepoOwnerID int64 `json:"uid"`
CloneAddr string `json:"clone_addr"`
Service GitServiceType `json:"service"`
AuthUsername string `json:"auth_username"`
AuthPassword string `json:"auth_password"`
AuthToken string `json:"auth_token"`
Mirror bool `json:"mirror"`
Private bool `json:"private"`
Description string `json:"description"`
Wiki bool `json:"wiki"`
Milestones bool `json:"milestones"`
Labels bool `json:"labels"`
Issues bool `json:"issues"`
PullRequests bool `json:"pull_requests"`
Releases bool `json:"releases"`
MirrorInterval string `json:"mirror_interval"`
LFS bool `json:"lfs"`
LFSEndpoint string `json:"lfs_endpoint"`
}
// Validate the MigrateRepoOption struct
func (opt *MigrateRepoOption) Validate(c *Client) error {
// check user options
if len(opt.CloneAddr) == 0 {
return fmt.Errorf("CloneAddr required")
}
if len(opt.RepoName) == 0 {
return fmt.Errorf("RepoName required")
} else if len(opt.RepoName) > 100 {
return fmt.Errorf("RepoName to long")
}
if len(opt.Description) > 255 {
return fmt.Errorf("Description to long")
}
switch opt.Service {
case GitServiceGithub:
if len(opt.AuthToken) == 0 {
return fmt.Errorf("github requires token authentication")
}
case GitServiceGitlab, GitServiceGitea:
if len(opt.AuthToken) == 0 {
return fmt.Errorf("%s requires token authentication", opt.Service)
}
// Gitlab is supported since 1.12.0 but api cant handle it until 1.13.0
// https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/pull/12672
if c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_13_0) != nil {
return fmt.Errorf("migrate from service %s need gitea >= 1.13.0", opt.Service)
}
case GitServiceGogs:
if len(opt.AuthToken) == 0 {
return fmt.Errorf("gogs requires token authentication")
}
if c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_14_0) != nil {
return fmt.Errorf("migrate from service gogs need gitea >= 1.14.0")
}
}
return nil
}
// MigrateRepo migrates a repository from other Git hosting sources for the authenticated user.
//
// To migrate a repository for a organization, the authenticated user must be a
// owner of the specified organization.
func (c *Client) MigrateRepo(opt MigrateRepoOption) (*Repository, *Response, error) {
if err := opt.Validate(c); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_13_0); err != nil {
if len(opt.AuthToken) != 0 {
// gitea <= 1.12 dont understand AuthToken
opt.AuthUsername = opt.AuthToken
opt.AuthPassword, opt.AuthToken = "", ""
}
if len(opt.RepoOwner) != 0 {
// gitea <= 1.12 dont understand RepoOwner
u, _, err := c.GetUserInfo(opt.RepoOwner)
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
opt.RepoOwnerID = u.ID
} else if opt.RepoOwnerID == 0 {
// gitea <= 1.12 require RepoOwnerID
u, _, err := c.GetMyUserInfo()
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
opt.RepoOwnerID = u.ID
}
}
body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
repo := new(Repository)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", "/repos/migrate", jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), repo)
return repo, resp, err
}

78
vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/repo_refs.go generated vendored
View File

@ -1,78 +0,0 @@
// Copyright 2018 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
package gitea
import (
"encoding/json"
"errors"
"fmt"
"strings"
)
// Reference represents a Git reference.
type Reference struct {
Ref string `json:"ref"`
URL string `json:"url"`
Object *GitObject `json:"object"`
}
// GitObject represents a Git object.
type GitObject struct {
Type string `json:"type"`
SHA string `json:"sha"`
URL string `json:"url"`
}
// GetRepoRef get one ref's information of one repository
func (c *Client) GetRepoRef(user, repo, ref string) (*Reference, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
ref = strings.TrimPrefix(ref, "refs/")
ref = pathEscapeSegments(ref)
r := new(Reference)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/git/refs/%s", user, repo, ref), nil, nil, &r)
if _, ok := err.(*json.UnmarshalTypeError); ok {
// Multiple refs
return nil, resp, errors.New("no exact match found for this ref")
} else if err != nil {
return nil, resp, err
}
return r, resp, nil
}
// GetRepoRefs get list of ref's information of one repository
func (c *Client) GetRepoRefs(user, repo, ref string) ([]*Reference, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
ref = strings.TrimPrefix(ref, "refs/")
ref = pathEscapeSegments(ref)
data, resp, err := c.getResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/git/refs/%s", user, repo, ref), nil, nil)
if err != nil {
return nil, resp, err
}
// Attempt to unmarshal single returned ref.
r := new(Reference)
refErr := json.Unmarshal(data, r)
if refErr == nil {
return []*Reference{r}, resp, nil
}
// Attempt to unmarshal multiple refs.
var rs []*Reference
refsErr := json.Unmarshal(data, &rs)
if refsErr == nil {
if len(rs) == 0 {
return nil, resp, errors.New("unexpected response: an array of refs with length 0")
}
return rs, resp, nil
}
return nil, resp, fmt.Errorf("unmarshalling failed for both single and multiple refs: %s and %s", refErr, refsErr)
}

96
vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/repo_stars.go generated vendored
View File

@ -1,96 +0,0 @@
// Copyright 2021 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
package gitea
import (
"fmt"
"net/http"
)
// ListStargazersOptions options for listing a repository's stargazers
type ListStargazersOptions struct {
ListOptions
}
// ListRepoStargazers list a repository's stargazers
func (c *Client) ListRepoStargazers(user, repo string, opt ListStargazersOptions) ([]*User, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
opt.setDefaults()
stargazers := make([]*User, 0, opt.PageSize)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/stargazers?%s", user, repo, opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &stargazers)
return stargazers, resp, err
}
// GetStarredRepos returns the repos that the given user has starred
func (c *Client) GetStarredRepos(user string) ([]*Repository, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
repos := make([]*Repository, 0, 10)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/users/%s/starred", user), jsonHeader, nil, &repos)
return repos, resp, err
}
// GetMyStarredRepos returns the repos that the authenticated user has starred
func (c *Client) GetMyStarredRepos() ([]*Repository, *Response, error) {
repos := make([]*Repository, 0, 10)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", "/user/starred", jsonHeader, nil, &repos)
return repos, resp, err
}
// IsRepoStarring returns whether the authenticated user has starred the repo or not
func (c *Client) IsRepoStarring(user, repo string) (bool, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
return false, nil, err
}
_, resp, err := c.getResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/user/starred/%s/%s", user, repo), jsonHeader, nil)
if resp != nil {
switch resp.StatusCode {
case http.StatusNotFound:
return false, resp, nil
case http.StatusNoContent:
return true, resp, nil
default:
return false, resp, fmt.Errorf("unexpected status code '%d'", resp.StatusCode)
}
}
return false, nil, err
}
// StarRepo star specified repo as the authenticated user
func (c *Client) StarRepo(user, repo string) (*Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
_, resp, err := c.getResponse("PUT", fmt.Sprintf("/user/starred/%s/%s", user, repo), jsonHeader, nil)
if resp != nil {
switch resp.StatusCode {
case http.StatusNoContent:
return resp, nil
default:
return resp, fmt.Errorf("unexpected status code '%d'", resp.StatusCode)
}
}
return nil, err
}
// UnStarRepo remove star to specified repo as the authenticated user
func (c *Client) UnStarRepo(user, repo string) (*Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/user/starred/%s/%s", user, repo), jsonHeader, nil)
if resp != nil {
switch resp.StatusCode {
case http.StatusNoContent:
return resp, nil
default:
return resp, fmt.Errorf("unexpected status code '%d'", resp.StatusCode)
}
}
return nil, err
}

130
vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/repo_tag.go generated vendored
View File

@ -1,130 +0,0 @@
// Copyright 2019 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
package gitea
import (
"bytes"
"encoding/json"
"fmt"
)
// Tag represents a repository tag
type Tag struct {
Name string `json:"name"`
Message string `json:"message"`
ID string `json:"id"`
Commit *CommitMeta `json:"commit"`
ZipballURL string `json:"zipball_url"`
TarballURL string `json:"tarball_url"`
}
// AnnotatedTag represents an annotated tag
type AnnotatedTag struct {
Tag string `json:"tag"`
SHA string `json:"sha"`
URL string `json:"url"`
Message string `json:"message"`
Tagger *CommitUser `json:"tagger"`
Object *AnnotatedTagObject `json:"object"`
Verification *PayloadCommitVerification `json:"verification"`
}
// AnnotatedTagObject contains meta information of the tag object
type AnnotatedTagObject struct {
Type string `json:"type"`
URL string `json:"url"`
SHA string `json:"sha"`
}
// ListRepoTagsOptions options for listing a repository's tags
type ListRepoTagsOptions struct {
ListOptions
}
// ListRepoTags list all the branches of one repository
func (c *Client) ListRepoTags(user, repo string, opt ListRepoTagsOptions) ([]*Tag, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
opt.setDefaults()
tags := make([]*Tag, 0, opt.PageSize)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/tags?%s", user, repo, opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &tags)
return tags, resp, err
}
// GetTag get the tag of a repository
func (c *Client) GetTag(user, repo, tag string) (*Tag, *Response, error) {
if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_15_0); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo, &tag); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
t := new(Tag)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/tags/%s", user, repo, tag), nil, nil, &t)
return t, resp, err
}
// GetAnnotatedTag get the tag object of an annotated tag (not lightweight tags) of a repository
func (c *Client) GetAnnotatedTag(user, repo, sha string) (*AnnotatedTag, *Response, error) {
if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_15_0); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo, &sha); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
t := new(AnnotatedTag)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/git/tags/%s", user, repo, sha), nil, nil, &t)
return t, resp, err
}
// CreateTagOption options when creating a tag
type CreateTagOption struct {
TagName string `json:"tag_name"`
Message string `json:"message"`
Target string `json:"target"`
}
// Validate validates CreateTagOption
func (opt CreateTagOption) Validate() error {
if len(opt.TagName) == 0 {
return fmt.Errorf("TagName is required")
}
return nil
}
// CreateTag create a new git tag in a repository
func (c *Client) CreateTag(user, repo string, opt CreateTagOption) (*Tag, *Response, error) {
if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_15_0); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
if err := opt.Validate(); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
body, err := json.Marshal(opt)
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
t := new(Tag)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/tags", user, repo), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), &t)
return t, resp, err
}
// DeleteTag deletes a tag from a repository, if no release refers to it
func (c *Client) DeleteTag(user, repo, tag string) (*Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo, &tag); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_14_0); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE",
fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/tags/%s", user, repo, tag),
nil, nil)
return resp, err
}

65
vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/repo_team.go generated vendored
View File

@ -1,65 +0,0 @@
// Copyright 2021 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
package gitea
import (
"fmt"
"net/http"
)
// GetRepoTeams return teams from a repository
func (c *Client) GetRepoTeams(user, repo string) ([]*Team, *Response, error) {
if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_15_0); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
teams := make([]*Team, 0, 5)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/teams", user, repo), nil, nil, &teams)
return teams, resp, err
}
// AddRepoTeam add a team to a repository
func (c *Client) AddRepoTeam(user, repo, team string) (*Response, error) {
if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_15_0); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo, &team); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
_, resp, err := c.getResponse("PUT", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/teams/%s", user, repo, team), nil, nil)
return resp, err
}
// RemoveRepoTeam delete a team from a repository
func (c *Client) RemoveRepoTeam(user, repo, team string) (*Response, error) {
if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_15_0); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo, &team); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/teams/%s", user, repo, team), nil, nil)
return resp, err
}
// CheckRepoTeam check if team is assigned to repo by name and return it.
// If not assigned, it will return nil.
func (c *Client) CheckRepoTeam(user, repo, team string) (*Team, *Response, error) {
if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_15_0); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo, &team); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
t := new(Team)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/teams/%s", user, repo, team), nil, nil, &t)
if resp != nil && resp.StatusCode == http.StatusNotFound {
// if not found it's not an error, it indicates it's not assigned
return nil, resp, nil
}
return t, resp, err
}

65
vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/repo_template.go generated vendored
View File

@ -1,65 +0,0 @@
// Copyright 2021 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
package gitea
import (
"bytes"
"encoding/json"
"fmt"
)
// CreateRepoFromTemplateOption options when creating repository using a template
type CreateRepoFromTemplateOption struct {
// Owner is the organization or person who will own the new repository
Owner string `json:"owner"`
// Name of the repository to create
Name string `json:"name"`
// Description of the repository to create
Description string `json:"description"`
// Private is whether the repository is private
Private bool `json:"private"`
// GitContent include git content of default branch in template repo
GitContent bool `json:"git_content"`
// Topics include topics of template repo
Topics bool `json:"topics"`
// GitHooks include git hooks of template repo
GitHooks bool `json:"git_hooks"`
// Webhooks include webhooks of template repo
Webhooks bool `json:"webhooks"`
// Avatar include avatar of the template repo
Avatar bool `json:"avatar"`
// Labels include labels of template repo
Labels bool `json:"labels"`
}
// Validate validates CreateRepoFromTemplateOption
func (opt CreateRepoFromTemplateOption) Validate() error {
if len(opt.Owner) == 0 {
return fmt.Errorf("field Owner is required")
}
if len(opt.Name) == 0 {
return fmt.Errorf("field Name is required")
}
return nil
}
// CreateRepoFromTemplate create a repository using a template
func (c *Client) CreateRepoFromTemplate(templateOwner, templateRepo string, opt CreateRepoFromTemplateOption) (*Repository, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&templateOwner, &templateRepo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
if err := opt.Validate(); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
repo := new(Repository)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/generate", templateOwner, templateRepo), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), &repo)
return repo, resp, err
}

68
vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/repo_topics.go generated vendored
View File

@ -1,68 +0,0 @@
// Copyright 2019 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
package gitea
import (
"bytes"
"encoding/json"
"fmt"
)
// ListRepoTopicsOptions options for listing repo's topics
type ListRepoTopicsOptions struct {
ListOptions
}
// topicsList represents a list of repo's topics
type topicsList struct {
Topics []string `json:"topics"`
}
// ListRepoTopics list all repository's topics
func (c *Client) ListRepoTopics(user, repo string, opt ListRepoTopicsOptions) ([]string, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
opt.setDefaults()
list := new(topicsList)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/topics?%s", user, repo, opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, list)
if err != nil {
return nil, resp, err
}
return list.Topics, resp, nil
}
// SetRepoTopics replaces the list of repo's topics
func (c *Client) SetRepoTopics(user, repo string, list []string) (*Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
l := topicsList{Topics: list}
body, err := json.Marshal(&l)
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
_, resp, err := c.getResponse("PUT", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/topics", user, repo), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body))
return resp, err
}
// AddRepoTopic adds a topic to a repo's topics list
func (c *Client) AddRepoTopic(user, repo, topic string) (*Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo, &topic); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
_, resp, err := c.getResponse("PUT", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/topics/%s", user, repo, topic), nil, nil)
return resp, err
}
// DeleteRepoTopic deletes a topic from repo's topics list
func (c *Client) DeleteRepoTopic(user, repo, topic string) (*Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo, &topic); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/topics/%s", user, repo, topic), nil, nil)
return resp, err
}

36
vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/repo_transfer.go generated vendored
View File

@ -1,36 +0,0 @@
// Copyright 2020 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
package gitea
import (
"bytes"
"encoding/json"
"fmt"
)
// TransferRepoOption options when transfer a repository's ownership
type TransferRepoOption struct {
// required: true
NewOwner string `json:"new_owner"`
// ID of the team or teams to add to the repository. Teams can only be added to organization-owned repositories.
TeamIDs *[]int64 `json:"team_ids"`
}
// TransferRepo transfers the ownership of a repository
func (c *Client) TransferRepo(owner, reponame string, opt TransferRepoOption) (*Repository, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &reponame); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
repo := new(Repository)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/transfer", owner, reponame), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), repo)
return repo, resp, err
}

44
vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/repo_tree.go generated vendored
View File

@ -1,44 +0,0 @@
// Copyright 2018 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
package gitea
import (
"fmt"
)
// GitEntry represents a git tree
type GitEntry struct {
Path string `json:"path"`
Mode string `json:"mode"`
Type string `json:"type"`
Size int64 `json:"size"`
SHA string `json:"sha"`
URL string `json:"url"`
}
// GitTreeResponse returns a git tree
type GitTreeResponse struct {
SHA string `json:"sha"`
URL string `json:"url"`
Entries []GitEntry `json:"tree"`
Truncated bool `json:"truncated"`
Page int `json:"page"`
TotalCount int `json:"total_count"`
}
// GetTrees downloads a file of repository, ref can be branch/tag/commit.
// e.g.: ref -> master, tree -> macaron.go(no leading slash)
func (c *Client) GetTrees(user, repo, ref string, recursive bool) (*GitTreeResponse, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo, &ref); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
trees := new(GitTreeResponse)
var path = fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/git/trees/%s", user, repo, ref)
if recursive {
path += "?recursive=1"
}
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", path, nil, nil, trees)
return trees, resp, err
}

87
vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/repo_watch.go generated vendored
View File

@ -1,87 +0,0 @@
// Copyright 2017 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
package gitea
import (
"fmt"
"net/http"
"time"
)
// WatchInfo represents an API watch status of one repository
type WatchInfo struct {
Subscribed bool `json:"subscribed"`
Ignored bool `json:"ignored"`
Reason interface{} `json:"reason"`
CreatedAt time.Time `json:"created_at"`
URL string `json:"url"`
RepositoryURL string `json:"repository_url"`
}
// GetWatchedRepos list all the watched repos of user
func (c *Client) GetWatchedRepos(user string) ([]*Repository, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
repos := make([]*Repository, 0, 10)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/users/%s/subscriptions", user), nil, nil, &repos)
return repos, resp, err
}
// GetMyWatchedRepos list repositories watched by the authenticated user
func (c *Client) GetMyWatchedRepos() ([]*Repository, *Response, error) {
repos := make([]*Repository, 0, 10)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/user/subscriptions"), nil, nil, &repos)
return repos, resp, err
}
// CheckRepoWatch check if the current user is watching a repo
func (c *Client) CheckRepoWatch(owner, repo string) (bool, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return false, nil, err
}
status, resp, err := c.getStatusCode("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/subscription", owner, repo), nil, nil)
if err != nil {
return false, resp, err
}
switch status {
case http.StatusNotFound:
return false, resp, nil
case http.StatusOK:
return true, resp, nil
default:
return false, resp, fmt.Errorf("unexpected Status: %d", status)
}
}
// WatchRepo start to watch a repository
func (c *Client) WatchRepo(owner, repo string) (*Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
status, resp, err := c.getStatusCode("PUT", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/subscription", owner, repo), nil, nil)
if err != nil {
return resp, err
}
if status == http.StatusOK {
return resp, nil
}
return resp, fmt.Errorf("unexpected Status: %d", status)
}
// UnWatchRepo stop to watch a repository
func (c *Client) UnWatchRepo(owner, repo string) (*Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
status, resp, err := c.getStatusCode("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/subscription", owner, repo), nil, nil)
if err != nil {
return resp, err
}
if status == http.StatusNoContent {
return resp, nil
}
return resp, fmt.Errorf("unexpected Status: %d", status)
}

78
vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/settings.go generated vendored
View File

@ -1,78 +0,0 @@
// Copyright 2020 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
package gitea
// GlobalUISettings represent the global ui settings of a gitea instance witch is exposed by API
type GlobalUISettings struct {
DefaultTheme string `json:"default_theme"`
AllowedReactions []string `json:"allowed_reactions"`
CustomEmojis []string `json:"custom_emojis"`
}
// GlobalRepoSettings represent the global repository settings of a gitea instance witch is exposed by API
type GlobalRepoSettings struct {
MirrorsDisabled bool `json:"mirrors_disabled"`
HTTPGitDisabled bool `json:"http_git_disabled"`
MigrationsDisabled bool `json:"migrations_disabled"`
StarsDisabled bool `json:"stars_disabled"`
TimeTrackingDisabled bool `json:"time_tracking_disabled"`
LFSDisabled bool `json:"lfs_disabled"`
}
// GlobalAPISettings contains global api settings exposed by it
type GlobalAPISettings struct {
MaxResponseItems int `json:"max_response_items"`
DefaultPagingNum int `json:"default_paging_num"`
DefaultGitTreesPerPage int `json:"default_git_trees_per_page"`
DefaultMaxBlobSize int64 `json:"default_max_blob_size"`
}
// GlobalAttachmentSettings contains global Attachment settings exposed by API
type GlobalAttachmentSettings struct {
Enabled bool `json:"enabled"`
AllowedTypes string `json:"allowed_types"`
MaxSize int64 `json:"max_size"`
MaxFiles int `json:"max_files"`
}
// GetGlobalUISettings get global ui settings witch are exposed by API
func (c *Client) GetGlobalUISettings() (*GlobalUISettings, *Response, error) {
if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_13_0); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
conf := new(GlobalUISettings)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", "/settings/ui", jsonHeader, nil, &conf)
return conf, resp, err
}
// GetGlobalRepoSettings get global repository settings witch are exposed by API
func (c *Client) GetGlobalRepoSettings() (*GlobalRepoSettings, *Response, error) {
if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_13_0); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
conf := new(GlobalRepoSettings)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", "/settings/repository", jsonHeader, nil, &conf)
return conf, resp, err
}
// GetGlobalAPISettings get global api settings witch are exposed by it
func (c *Client) GetGlobalAPISettings() (*GlobalAPISettings, *Response, error) {
if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_13_0); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
conf := new(GlobalAPISettings)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", "/settings/api", jsonHeader, nil, &conf)
return conf, resp, err
}
// GetGlobalAttachmentSettings get global repository settings witch are exposed by API
func (c *Client) GetGlobalAttachmentSettings() (*GlobalAttachmentSettings, *Response, error) {
if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_13_0); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
conf := new(GlobalAttachmentSettings)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", "/settings/attachment", jsonHeader, nil, &conf)
return conf, resp, err
}

108
vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/status.go generated vendored
View File

@ -1,108 +0,0 @@
// Copyright 2017 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
package gitea
import (
"bytes"
"encoding/json"
"fmt"
"net/url"
"time"
)
// StatusState holds the state of a Status
// It can be "pending", "success", "error", "failure", and "warning"
type StatusState string
const (
// StatusPending is for when the Status is Pending
StatusPending StatusState = "pending"
// StatusSuccess is for when the Status is Success
StatusSuccess StatusState = "success"
// StatusError is for when the Status is Error
StatusError StatusState = "error"
// StatusFailure is for when the Status is Failure
StatusFailure StatusState = "failure"
// StatusWarning is for when the Status is Warning
StatusWarning StatusState = "warning"
)
// Status holds a single Status of a single Commit
type Status struct {
ID int64 `json:"id"`
State StatusState `json:"status"`
TargetURL string `json:"target_url"`
Description string `json:"description"`
URL string `json:"url"`
Context string `json:"context"`
Creator *User `json:"creator"`
Created time.Time `json:"created_at"`
Updated time.Time `json:"updated_at"`
}
// CreateStatusOption holds the information needed to create a new Status for a Commit
type CreateStatusOption struct {
State StatusState `json:"state"`
TargetURL string `json:"target_url"`
Description string `json:"description"`
Context string `json:"context"`
}
// CreateStatus creates a new Status for a given Commit
func (c *Client) CreateStatus(owner, repo, sha string, opts CreateStatusOption) (*Status, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
body, err := json.Marshal(&opts)
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
status := new(Status)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/statuses/%s", owner, repo, url.QueryEscape(sha)), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), status)
return status, resp, err
}
// ListStatusesOption options for listing a repository's commit's statuses
type ListStatusesOption struct {
ListOptions
}
// ListStatuses returns all statuses for a given Commit by ref
func (c *Client) ListStatuses(owner, repo, ref string, opt ListStatusesOption) ([]*Status, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo, &ref); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
opt.setDefaults()
statuses := make([]*Status, 0, opt.PageSize)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/commits/%s/statuses?%s", owner, repo, ref, opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), jsonHeader, nil, &statuses)
return statuses, resp, err
}
// CombinedStatus holds the combined state of several statuses for a single commit
type CombinedStatus struct {
State StatusState `json:"state"`
SHA string `json:"sha"`
TotalCount int `json:"total_count"`
Statuses []*Status `json:"statuses"`
Repository *Repository `json:"repository"`
CommitURL string `json:"commit_url"`
URL string `json:"url"`
}
// GetCombinedStatus returns the CombinedStatus for a given Commit
func (c *Client) GetCombinedStatus(owner, repo, ref string) (*CombinedStatus, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo, &ref); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
status := new(CombinedStatus)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/commits/%s/status", owner, repo, ref), jsonHeader, nil, status)
// gitea api return empty body if nothing here jet
if resp != nil && resp.StatusCode == 200 && err != nil {
return status, resp, nil
}
return status, resp, err
}

90
vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/user.go generated vendored
View File

@ -1,90 +0,0 @@
// Copyright 2014 The Gogs Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
package gitea
import (
"fmt"
"net/url"
"strconv"
"time"
)
// User represents a user
type User struct {
// the user's id
ID int64 `json:"id"`
// the user's username
UserName string `json:"login"`
// the user's full name
FullName string `json:"full_name"`
Email string `json:"email"`
// URL to the user's avatar
AvatarURL string `json:"avatar_url"`
// User locale
Language string `json:"language"`
// Is the user an administrator
IsAdmin bool `json:"is_admin"`
// Date and Time of last login
LastLogin time.Time `json:"last_login"`
// Date and Time of user creation
Created time.Time `json:"created"`
// Is user restricted
Restricted bool `json:"restricted"`
// Is user active
IsActive bool `json:"active"`
// Is user login prohibited
ProhibitLogin bool `json:"prohibit_login"`
// the user's location
Location string `json:"location"`
// the user's website
Website string `json:"website"`
// the user's description
Description string `json:"description"`
// User visibility level option
Visibility VisibleType `json:"visibility"`
// user counts
FollowerCount int `json:"followers_count"`
FollowingCount int `json:"following_count"`
StarredRepoCount int `json:"starred_repos_count"`
}
// GetUserInfo get user info by user's name
func (c *Client) GetUserInfo(user string) (*User, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
u := new(User)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/users/%s", user), nil, nil, u)
return u, resp, err
}
// GetMyUserInfo get user info of current user
func (c *Client) GetMyUserInfo() (*User, *Response, error) {
u := new(User)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", "/user", nil, nil, u)
return u, resp, err
}
// GetUserByID returns user by a given user ID
func (c *Client) GetUserByID(id int64) (*User, *Response, error) {
if id < 0 {
return nil, nil, fmt.Errorf("invalid user id %d", id)
}
query := make(url.Values)
query.Add("uid", strconv.FormatInt(id, 10))
users, resp, err := c.searchUsers(query.Encode())
if err != nil {
return nil, resp, err
}
if len(users) == 1 {
return users[0], resp, err
}
return nil, resp, fmt.Errorf("user not found with id %d", id)
}

90
vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/user_app.go generated vendored
View File

@ -1,90 +0,0 @@
// Copyright 2014 The Gogs Authors. All rights reserved.
// Copyright 2019 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
package gitea
import (
"bytes"
"encoding/json"
"fmt"
"net/url"
"reflect"
)
// AccessToken represents an API access token.
type AccessToken struct {
ID int64 `json:"id"`
Name string `json:"name"`
Token string `json:"sha1"`
TokenLastEight string `json:"token_last_eight"`
}
// ListAccessTokensOptions options for listing a users's access tokens
type ListAccessTokensOptions struct {
ListOptions
}
// ListAccessTokens lists all the access tokens of user
func (c *Client) ListAccessTokens(opts ListAccessTokensOptions) ([]*AccessToken, *Response, error) {
c.mutex.RLock()
username := c.username
c.mutex.RUnlock()
if len(username) == 0 {
return nil, nil, fmt.Errorf("\"username\" not set: only BasicAuth allowed")
}
opts.setDefaults()
tokens := make([]*AccessToken, 0, opts.PageSize)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/users/%s/tokens?%s", url.PathEscape(username), opts.getURLQuery().Encode()), jsonHeader, nil, &tokens)
return tokens, resp, err
}
// CreateAccessTokenOption options when create access token
type CreateAccessTokenOption struct {
Name string `json:"name"`
}
// CreateAccessToken create one access token with options
func (c *Client) CreateAccessToken(opt CreateAccessTokenOption) (*AccessToken, *Response, error) {
c.mutex.RLock()
username := c.username
c.mutex.RUnlock()
if len(username) == 0 {
return nil, nil, fmt.Errorf("\"username\" not set: only BasicAuth allowed")
}
body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
t := new(AccessToken)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/users/%s/tokens", url.PathEscape(username)), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), t)
return t, resp, err
}
// DeleteAccessToken delete token, identified by ID and if not available by name
func (c *Client) DeleteAccessToken(value interface{}) (*Response, error) {
c.mutex.RLock()
username := c.username
c.mutex.RUnlock()
if len(username) == 0 {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("\"username\" not set: only BasicAuth allowed")
}
var token = ""
switch reflect.ValueOf(value).Kind() {
case reflect.Int64:
token = fmt.Sprintf("%d", value.(int64))
case reflect.String:
if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_13_0); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
token = value.(string)
default:
return nil, fmt.Errorf("only string and int64 supported")
}
_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/users/%s/tokens/%s", url.PathEscape(username), url.PathEscape(token)), jsonHeader, nil)
return resp, err
}

64
vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/user_email.go generated vendored
View File

@ -1,64 +0,0 @@
// Copyright 2015 The Gogs Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
package gitea
import (
"bytes"
"encoding/json"
"fmt"
)
// Email an email address belonging to a user
type Email struct {
Email string `json:"email"`
Verified bool `json:"verified"`
Primary bool `json:"primary"`
}
// ListEmailsOptions options for listing current's user emails
type ListEmailsOptions struct {
ListOptions
}
// ListEmails all the email addresses of user
func (c *Client) ListEmails(opt ListEmailsOptions) ([]*Email, *Response, error) {
opt.setDefaults()
emails := make([]*Email, 0, opt.PageSize)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/user/emails?%s", opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &emails)
return emails, resp, err
}
// CreateEmailOption options when creating email addresses
type CreateEmailOption struct {
// email addresses to add
Emails []string `json:"emails"`
}
// AddEmail add one email to current user with options
func (c *Client) AddEmail(opt CreateEmailOption) ([]*Email, *Response, error) {
body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
emails := make([]*Email, 0, 3)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", "/user/emails", jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), &emails)
return emails, resp, err
}
// DeleteEmailOption options when deleting email addresses
type DeleteEmailOption struct {
// email addresses to delete
Emails []string `json:"emails"`
}
// DeleteEmail delete one email of current users'
func (c *Client) DeleteEmail(opt DeleteEmailOption) (*Response, error) {
body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", "/user/emails", jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body))
return resp, err
}

93
vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/user_follow.go generated vendored
View File

@ -1,93 +0,0 @@
// Copyright 2015 The Gogs Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
package gitea
import "fmt"
// ListFollowersOptions options for listing followers
type ListFollowersOptions struct {
ListOptions
}
// ListMyFollowers list all the followers of current user
func (c *Client) ListMyFollowers(opt ListFollowersOptions) ([]*User, *Response, error) {
opt.setDefaults()
users := make([]*User, 0, opt.PageSize)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/user/followers?%s", opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &users)
return users, resp, err
}
// ListFollowers list all the followers of one user
func (c *Client) ListFollowers(user string, opt ListFollowersOptions) ([]*User, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
opt.setDefaults()
users := make([]*User, 0, opt.PageSize)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/users/%s/followers?%s", user, opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &users)
return users, resp, err
}
// ListFollowingOptions options for listing a user's users being followed
type ListFollowingOptions struct {
ListOptions
}
// ListMyFollowing list all the users current user followed
func (c *Client) ListMyFollowing(opt ListFollowingOptions) ([]*User, *Response, error) {
opt.setDefaults()
users := make([]*User, 0, opt.PageSize)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/user/following?%s", opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &users)
return users, resp, err
}
// ListFollowing list all the users the user followed
func (c *Client) ListFollowing(user string, opt ListFollowingOptions) ([]*User, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
opt.setDefaults()
users := make([]*User, 0, opt.PageSize)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/users/%s/following?%s", user, opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &users)
return users, resp, err
}
// IsFollowing if current user followed the target
func (c *Client) IsFollowing(target string) (bool, *Response) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&target); err != nil {
// ToDo return err
return false, nil
}
_, resp, err := c.getResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/user/following/%s", target), nil, nil)
return err == nil, resp
}
// IsUserFollowing if the user followed the target
func (c *Client) IsUserFollowing(user, target string) (bool, *Response) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &target); err != nil {
// ToDo return err
return false, nil
}
_, resp, err := c.getResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/users/%s/following/%s", user, target), nil, nil)
return err == nil, resp
}
// Follow set current user follow the target
func (c *Client) Follow(target string) (*Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&target); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
_, resp, err := c.getResponse("PUT", fmt.Sprintf("/user/following/%s", target), nil, nil)
return resp, err
}
// Unfollow set current user unfollow the target
func (c *Client) Unfollow(target string) (*Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&target); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/user/following/%s", target), nil, nil)
return resp, err
}

89
vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/user_gpgkey.go generated vendored
View File

@ -1,89 +0,0 @@
// Copyright 2017 Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
package gitea
import (
"bytes"
"encoding/json"
"fmt"
"time"
)
// GPGKey a user GPG key to sign commit and tag in repository
type GPGKey struct {
ID int64 `json:"id"`
PrimaryKeyID string `json:"primary_key_id"`
KeyID string `json:"key_id"`
PublicKey string `json:"public_key"`
Emails []*GPGKeyEmail `json:"emails"`
SubsKey []*GPGKey `json:"subkeys"`
CanSign bool `json:"can_sign"`
CanEncryptComms bool `json:"can_encrypt_comms"`
CanEncryptStorage bool `json:"can_encrypt_storage"`
CanCertify bool `json:"can_certify"`
Created time.Time `json:"created_at,omitempty"`
Expires time.Time `json:"expires_at,omitempty"`
}
// GPGKeyEmail an email attached to a GPGKey
type GPGKeyEmail struct {
Email string `json:"email"`
Verified bool `json:"verified"`
}
// ListGPGKeysOptions options for listing a user's GPGKeys
type ListGPGKeysOptions struct {
ListOptions
}
// ListGPGKeys list all the GPG keys of the user
func (c *Client) ListGPGKeys(user string, opt ListGPGKeysOptions) ([]*GPGKey, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
opt.setDefaults()
keys := make([]*GPGKey, 0, opt.PageSize)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/users/%s/gpg_keys?%s", user, opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &keys)
return keys, resp, err
}
// ListMyGPGKeys list all the GPG keys of current user
func (c *Client) ListMyGPGKeys(opt *ListGPGKeysOptions) ([]*GPGKey, *Response, error) {
opt.setDefaults()
keys := make([]*GPGKey, 0, opt.PageSize)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/user/gpg_keys?%s", opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &keys)
return keys, resp, err
}
// GetGPGKey get current user's GPG key by key id
func (c *Client) GetGPGKey(keyID int64) (*GPGKey, *Response, error) {
key := new(GPGKey)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/user/gpg_keys/%d", keyID), nil, nil, &key)
return key, resp, err
}
// CreateGPGKeyOption options create user GPG key
type CreateGPGKeyOption struct {
// An armored GPG key to add
//
ArmoredKey string `json:"armored_public_key"`
}
// CreateGPGKey create GPG key with options
func (c *Client) CreateGPGKey(opt CreateGPGKeyOption) (*GPGKey, *Response, error) {
body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
key := new(GPGKey)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", "/user/gpg_keys", jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), key)
return key, resp, err
}
// DeleteGPGKey delete GPG key with key id
func (c *Client) DeleteGPGKey(keyID int64) (*Response, error) {
_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/user/gpg_keys/%d", keyID), nil, nil)
return resp, err
}

83
vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/user_key.go generated vendored
View File

@ -1,83 +0,0 @@
// Copyright 2015 The Gogs Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
package gitea
import (
"bytes"
"encoding/json"
"fmt"
"time"
)
// PublicKey publickey is a user key to push code to repository
type PublicKey struct {
ID int64 `json:"id"`
Key string `json:"key"`
URL string `json:"url,omitempty"`
Title string `json:"title,omitempty"`
Fingerprint string `json:"fingerprint,omitempty"`
Created time.Time `json:"created_at,omitempty"`
Owner *User `json:"user,omitempty"`
ReadOnly bool `json:"read_only,omitempty"`
KeyType string `json:"key_type,omitempty"`
}
// ListPublicKeysOptions options for listing a user's PublicKeys
type ListPublicKeysOptions struct {
ListOptions
}
// ListPublicKeys list all the public keys of the user
func (c *Client) ListPublicKeys(user string, opt ListPublicKeysOptions) ([]*PublicKey, *Response, error) {
if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
opt.setDefaults()
keys := make([]*PublicKey, 0, opt.PageSize)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/users/%s/keys?%s", user, opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &keys)
return keys, resp, err
}
// ListMyPublicKeys list all the public keys of current user
func (c *Client) ListMyPublicKeys(opt ListPublicKeysOptions) ([]*PublicKey, *Response, error) {
opt.setDefaults()
keys := make([]*PublicKey, 0, opt.PageSize)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/user/keys?%s", opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &keys)
return keys, resp, err
}
// GetPublicKey get current user's public key by key id
func (c *Client) GetPublicKey(keyID int64) (*PublicKey, *Response, error) {
key := new(PublicKey)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/user/keys/%d", keyID), nil, nil, &key)
return key, resp, err
}
// CreateKeyOption options when creating a key
type CreateKeyOption struct {
// Title of the key to add
Title string `json:"title"`
// An armored SSH key to add
Key string `json:"key"`
// Describe if the key has only read access or read/write
ReadOnly bool `json:"read_only"`
}
// CreatePublicKey create public key with options
func (c *Client) CreatePublicKey(opt CreateKeyOption) (*PublicKey, *Response, error) {
body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
key := new(PublicKey)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", "/user/keys", jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), key)
return key, resp, err
}
// DeletePublicKey delete public key with key id
func (c *Client) DeletePublicKey(keyID int64) (*Response, error) {
_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/user/keys/%d", keyID), nil, nil)
return resp, err
}

48
vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/user_search.go generated vendored
View File

@ -1,48 +0,0 @@
// Copyright 2020 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
package gitea
import (
"fmt"
"net/url"
)
type searchUsersResponse struct {
Users []*User `json:"data"`
}
// SearchUsersOption options for SearchUsers
type SearchUsersOption struct {
ListOptions
KeyWord string
}
// QueryEncode turns options into querystring argument
func (opt *SearchUsersOption) QueryEncode() string {
query := make(url.Values)
if opt.Page > 0 {
query.Add("page", fmt.Sprintf("%d", opt.Page))
}
if opt.PageSize > 0 {
query.Add("limit", fmt.Sprintf("%d", opt.PageSize))
}
if len(opt.KeyWord) > 0 {
query.Add("q", opt.KeyWord)
}
return query.Encode()
}
func (c *Client) searchUsers(rawQuery string) ([]*User, *Response, error) {
link, _ := url.Parse("/users/search")
link.RawQuery = rawQuery
userResp := new(searchUsersResponse)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", link.String(), nil, nil, &userResp)
return userResp.Users, resp, err
}
// SearchUsers finds users by query
func (c *Client) SearchUsers(opt SearchUsersOption) ([]*User, *Response, error) {
return c.searchUsers(opt.QueryEncode())
}

62
vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/user_settings.go generated vendored
View File

@ -1,62 +0,0 @@
// Copyright 2021 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
package gitea
import (
"bytes"
"encoding/json"
)
// UserSettings represents user settings
type UserSettings struct {
FullName string `json:"full_name"`
Website string `json:"website"`
Description string `json:"description"`
Location string `json:"location"`
Language string `json:"language"`
Theme string `json:"theme"`
DiffViewStyle string `json:"diff_view_style"`
// Privacy
HideEmail bool `json:"hide_email"`
HideActivity bool `json:"hide_activity"`
}
// UserSettingsOptions represents options to change user settings
type UserSettingsOptions struct {
FullName *string `json:"full_name,omitempty"`
Website *string `json:"website,omitempty"`
Description *string `json:"description,omitempty"`
Location *string `json:"location,omitempty"`
Language *string `json:"language,omitempty"`
Theme *string `json:"theme,omitempty"`
DiffViewStyle *string `json:"diff_view_style,omitempty"`
// Privacy
HideEmail *bool `json:"hide_email,omitempty"`
HideActivity *bool `json:"hide_activity,omitempty"`
}
// GetUserSettings returns user settings
func (c *Client) GetUserSettings() (*UserSettings, *Response, error) {
if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_15_0); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
userConfig := new(UserSettings)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", "/user/settings", nil, nil, userConfig)
return userConfig, resp, err
}
// UpdateUserSettings returns user settings
func (c *Client) UpdateUserSettings(opt UserSettingsOptions) (*UserSettings, *Response, error) {
if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_15_0); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
userConfig := new(UserSettings)
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("PATCH", "/user/settings", jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), userConfig)
return userConfig, resp, err
}

101
vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/version.go generated vendored
View File

@ -1,101 +0,0 @@
// Copyright 2020 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
package gitea
import (
"fmt"
"github.com/hashicorp/go-version"
)
// ServerVersion returns the version of the server
func (c *Client) ServerVersion() (string, *Response, error) {
var v = struct {
Version string `json:"version"`
}{}
resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", "/version", nil, nil, &v)
return v.Version, resp, err
}
// CheckServerVersionConstraint validates that the login's server satisfies a
// given version constraint such as ">= 1.11.0+dev"
func (c *Client) CheckServerVersionConstraint(constraint string) error {
if err := c.loadServerVersion(); err != nil {
return err
}
check, err := version.NewConstraint(constraint)
if err != nil {
return err
}
if !check.Check(c.serverVersion) {
c.mutex.RLock()
url := c.url
c.mutex.RUnlock()
return fmt.Errorf("gitea server at %s does not satisfy version constraint %s", url, constraint)
}
return nil
}
// SetGiteaVersion configures the Client to assume the given version of the
// Gitea server, instead of querying the server for it when initializing.
// Use "" to skip all canonical ways in the SDK to check for versions
func SetGiteaVersion(v string) ClientOption {
if v == "" {
return func(c *Client) error {
c.ignoreVersion = true
return nil
}
}
return func(c *Client) (err error) {
c.getVersionOnce.Do(func() {
c.serverVersion, err = version.NewVersion(v)
return
})
return
}
}
// predefined versions only have to be parsed by library once
var (
version1_11_0, _ = version.NewVersion("1.11.0")
version1_12_0, _ = version.NewVersion("1.12.0")
version1_13_0, _ = version.NewVersion("1.13.0")
version1_14_0, _ = version.NewVersion("1.14.0")
version1_15_0, _ = version.NewVersion("1.15.0")
)
// checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual is the canonical way in the SDK to check for versions for API compatibility reasons
func (c *Client) checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(v *version.Version) error {
if c.ignoreVersion {
return nil
}
if err := c.loadServerVersion(); err != nil {
return err
}
if !c.serverVersion.GreaterThanOrEqual(v) {
c.mutex.RLock()
url := c.url
c.mutex.RUnlock()
return fmt.Errorf("gitea server at %s is older than %s", url, v.Original())
}
return nil
}
// loadServerVersion init the serverVersion variable
func (c *Client) loadServerVersion() (err error) {
c.getVersionOnce.Do(func() {
raw, _, err2 := c.ServerVersion()
if err2 != nil {
err = err2
return
}
if c.serverVersion, err = version.NewVersion(raw); err != nil {
return
}
})
return
}

354
vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-version/LICENSE generated vendored
View File

@ -1,354 +0,0 @@
Mozilla Public License, version 2.0
1. Definitions
1.1. “Contributor”
means each individual or legal entity that creates, contributes to the
creation of, or owns Covered Software.
1.2. “Contributor Version”
means the combination of the Contributions of others (if any) used by a
Contributor and that particular Contributor’s Contribution.
1.3. “Contribution”
means Covered Software of a particular Contributor.
1.4. “Covered Software”
means Source Code Form to which the initial Contributor has attached the
notice in Exhibit A, the Executable Form of such Source Code Form, and
Modifications of such Source Code Form, in each case including portions
thereof.
1.5. “Incompatible With Secondary Licenses”
means
a. that the initial Contributor has attached the notice described in
Exhibit B to the Covered Software; or
b. that the Covered Software was made available under the terms of version
1.1 or earlier of the License, but not also under the terms of a
Secondary License.
1.6. “Executable Form”
means any form of the work other than Source Code Form.
1.7. “Larger Work”
means a work that combines Covered Software with other material, in a separate
file or files, that is not Covered Software.
1.8. “License”
means this document.
1.9. “Licensable”
means having the right to grant, to the maximum extent possible, whether at the
time of the initial grant or subsequently, any and all of the rights conveyed by
this License.
1.10. “Modifications”
means any of the following:
a. any file in Source Code Form that results from an addition to, deletion
from, or modification of the contents of Covered Software; or
b. any new file in Source Code Form that contains any Covered Software.
1.11. “Patent Claims” of a Contributor
means any patent claim(s), including without limitation, method, process,
and apparatus claims, in any patent Licensable by such Contributor that
would be infringed, but for the grant of the License, by the making,
using, selling, offering for sale, having made, import, or transfer of
either its Contributions or its Contributor Version.
1.12. “Secondary License”
means either the GNU General Public License, Version 2.0, the GNU Lesser
General Public License, Version 2.1, the GNU Affero General Public
License, Version 3.0, or any later versions of those licenses.
1.13. “Source Code Form”
means the form of the work preferred for making modifications.
1.14. “You” (or “Your”)
means an individual or a legal entity exercising rights under this
License. For legal entities, “You” includes any entity that controls, is
controlled by, or is under common control with You. For purposes of this
definition, “control” means (a) the power, direct or indirect, to cause
the direction or management of such entity, whether by contract or
otherwise, or (b) ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the
outstanding shares or beneficial ownership of such entity.
2. License Grants and Conditions
2.1. Grants
Each Contributor hereby grants You a world-wide, royalty-free,
non-exclusive license:
a. under intellectual property rights (other than patent or trademark)
Licensable by such Contributor to use, reproduce, make available,
modify, display, perform, distribute, and otherwise exploit its
Contributions, either on an unmodified basis, with Modifications, or as
part of a Larger Work; and
b. under Patent Claims of such Contributor to make, use, sell, offer for
sale, have made, import, and otherwise transfer either its Contributions
or its Contributor Version.
2.2. Effective Date
The licenses granted in Section 2.1 with respect to any Contribution become
effective for each Contribution on the date the Contributor first distributes
such Contribution.
2.3. Limitations on Grant Scope
The licenses granted in this Section 2 are the only rights granted under this
License. No additional rights or licenses will be implied from the distribution
or licensing of Covered Software under this License. Notwithstanding Section
2.1(b) above, no patent license is granted by a Contributor:
a. for any code that a Contributor has removed from Covered Software; or
b. for infringements caused by: (i) Your and any other third party’s
modifications of Covered Software, or (ii) the combination of its
Contributions with other software (except as part of its Contributor
Version); or
c. under Patent Claims infringed by Covered Software in the absence of its
Contributions.
This License does not grant any rights in the trademarks, service marks, or
logos of any Contributor (except as may be necessary to comply with the
notice requirements in Section 3.4).
2.4. Subsequent Licenses
No Contributor makes additional grants as a result of Your choice to
distribute the Covered Software under a subsequent version of this License
(see Section 10.2) or under the terms of a Secondary License (if permitted
under the terms of Section 3.3).
2.5. Representation
Each Contributor represents that the Contributor believes its Contributions
are its original creation(s) or it has sufficient rights to grant the
rights to its Contributions conveyed by this License.
2.6. Fair Use
This License is not intended to limit any rights You have under applicable
copyright doctrines of fair use, fair dealing, or other equivalents.
2.7. Conditions
Sections 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, and 3.4 are conditions of the licenses granted in
Section 2.1.
3. Responsibilities
3.1. Distribution of Source Form
All distribution of Covered Software in Source Code Form, including any
Modifications that You create or to which You contribute, must be under the
terms of this License. You must inform recipients that the Source Code Form
of the Covered Software is governed by the terms of this License, and how
they can obtain a copy of this License. You may not attempt to alter or
restrict the recipients’ rights in the Source Code Form.
3.2. Distribution of Executable Form
If You distribute Covered Software in Executable Form then:
a. such Covered Software must also be made available in Source Code Form,
as described in Section 3.1, and You must inform recipients of the
Executable Form how they can obtain a copy of such Source Code Form by
reasonable means in a timely manner, at a charge no more than the cost
of distribution to the recipient; and
b. You may distribute such Executable Form under the terms of this License,
or sublicense it under different terms, provided that the license for
the Executable Form does not attempt to limit or alter the recipients’
rights in the Source Code Form under this License.
3.3. Distribution of a Larger Work
You may create and distribute a Larger Work under terms of Your choice,
provided that You also comply with the requirements of this License for the
Covered Software. If the Larger Work is a combination of Covered Software
with a work governed by one or more Secondary Licenses, and the Covered
Software is not Incompatible With Secondary Licenses, this License permits
You to additionally distribute such Covered Software under the terms of
such Secondary License(s), so that the recipient of the Larger Work may, at
their option, further distribute the Covered Software under the terms of
either this License or such Secondary License(s).
3.4. Notices
You may not remove or alter the substance of any license notices (including
copyright notices, patent notices, disclaimers of warranty, or limitations
of liability) contained within the Source Code Form of the Covered
Software, except that You may alter any license notices to the extent
required to remedy known factual inaccuracies.
3.5. Application of Additional Terms
You may choose to offer, and to charge a fee for, warranty, support,
indemnity or liability obligations to one or more recipients of Covered
Software. However, You may do so only on Your own behalf, and not on behalf
of any Contributor. You must make it absolutely clear that any such
warranty, support, indemnity, or liability obligation is offered by You
alone, and You hereby agree to indemnify every Contributor for any
liability incurred by such Contributor as a result of warranty, support,
indemnity or liability terms You offer. You may include additional
disclaimers of warranty and limitations of liability specific to any
jurisdiction.
4. Inability to Comply Due to Statute or Regulation
If it is impossible for You to comply with any of the terms of this License
with respect to some or all of the Covered Software due to statute, judicial
order, or regulation then You must: (a) comply with the terms of this License
to the maximum extent possible; and (b) describe the limitations and the code
they affect. Such description must be placed in a text file included with all
distributions of the Covered Software under this License. Except to the
extent prohibited by statute or regulation, such description must be
sufficiently detailed for a recipient of ordinary skill to be able to
understand it.
5. Termination
5.1. The rights granted under this License will terminate automatically if You
fail to comply with any of its terms. However, if You become compliant,
then the rights granted under this License from a particular Contributor
are reinstated (a) provisionally, unless and until such Contributor
explicitly and finally terminates Your grants, and (b) on an ongoing basis,
if such Contributor fails to notify You of the non-compliance by some
reasonable means prior to 60 days after You have come back into compliance.
Moreover, Your grants from a particular Contributor are reinstated on an
ongoing basis if such Contributor notifies You of the non-compliance by
some reasonable means, this is the first time You have received notice of
non-compliance with this License from such Contributor, and You become
compliant prior to 30 days after Your receipt of the notice.
5.2. If You initiate litigation against any entity by asserting a patent
infringement claim (excluding declaratory judgment actions, counter-claims,
and cross-claims) alleging that a Contributor Version directly or
indirectly infringes any patent, then the rights granted to You by any and
all Contributors for the Covered Software under Section 2.1 of this License
shall terminate.
5.3. In the event of termination under Sections 5.1 or 5.2 above, all end user
license agreements (excluding distributors and resellers) which have been
validly granted by You or Your distributors under this License prior to
termination shall survive termination.
6. Disclaimer of Warranty
Covered Software is provided under this License on an “as is” basis, without
warranty of any kind, either expressed, implied, or statutory, including,
without limitation, warranties that the Covered Software is free of defects,
merchantable, fit for a particular purpose or non-infringing. The entire
risk as to the quality and performance of the Covered Software is with You.
Should any Covered Software prove defective in any respect, You (not any
Contributor) assume the cost of any necessary servicing, repair, or
correction. This disclaimer of warranty constitutes an essential part of this
License. No use of any Covered Software is authorized under this License
except under this disclaimer.
7. Limitation of Liability
Under no circumstances and under no legal theory, whether tort (including
negligence), contract, or otherwise, shall any Contributor, or anyone who
distributes Covered Software as permitted above, be liable to You for any
direct, indirect, special, incidental, or consequential damages of any
character including, without limitation, damages for lost profits, loss of
goodwill, work stoppage, computer failure or malfunction, or any and all
other commercial damages or losses, even if such party shall have been
informed of the possibility of such damages. This limitation of liability
shall not apply to liability for death or personal injury resulting from such
party’s negligence to the extent applicable law prohibits such limitation.
Some jurisdictions do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or
consequential damages, so this exclusion and limitation may not apply to You.
8. Litigation
Any litigation relating to this License may be brought only in the courts of
a jurisdiction where the defendant maintains its principal place of business
and such litigation shall be governed by laws of that jurisdiction, without
reference to its conflict-of-law provisions. Nothing in this Section shall
prevent a party’s ability to bring cross-claims or counter-claims.
9. Miscellaneous
This License represents the complete agreement concerning the subject matter
hereof. If any provision of this License is held to be unenforceable, such
provision shall be reformed only to the extent necessary to make it
enforceable. Any law or regulation which provides that the language of a
contract shall be construed against the drafter shall not be used to construe
this License against a Contributor.
10. Versions of the License
10.1. New Versions
Mozilla Foundation is the license steward. Except as provided in Section
10.3, no one other than the license steward has the right to modify or
publish new versions of this License. Each version will be given a
distinguishing version number.
10.2. Effect of New Versions
You may distribute the Covered Software under the terms of the version of
the License under which You originally received the Covered Software, or
under the terms of any subsequent version published by the license
steward.
10.3. Modified Versions
If you create software not governed by this License, and you want to
create a new license for such software, you may create and use a modified
version of this License if you rename the license and remove any
references to the name of the license steward (except to note that such
modified license differs from this License).
10.4. Distributing Source Code Form that is Incompatible With Secondary Licenses
If You choose to distribute Source Code Form that is Incompatible With
Secondary Licenses under the terms of this version of the License, the
notice described in Exhibit B of this License must be attached.
Exhibit A - Source Code Form License Notice
This Source Code Form is subject to the
terms of the Mozilla Public License, v.
2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not
distributed with this file, You can
obtain one at
http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
If it is not possible or desirable to put the notice in a particular file, then
You may include the notice in a location (such as a LICENSE file in a relevant
directory) where a recipient would be likely to look for such a notice.
You may add additional accurate notices of copyright ownership.
Exhibit B - “Incompatible With Secondary Licenses” Notice
This Source Code Form is “Incompatible
With Secondary Licenses”, as defined by
the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0.

66
vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-version/README.md generated vendored
View File

@ -1,66 +0,0 @@
# Versioning Library for Go
[![Build Status](https://circleci.com/gh/hashicorp/go-version/tree/master.svg?style=svg)](https://circleci.com/gh/hashicorp/go-version/tree/master)
[![GoDoc](https://godoc.org/github.com/hashicorp/go-version?status.svg)](https://godoc.org/github.com/hashicorp/go-version)
go-version is a library for parsing versions and version constraints,
and verifying versions against a set of constraints. go-version
can sort a collection of versions properly, handles prerelease/beta
versions, can increment versions, etc.
Versions used with go-version must follow [SemVer](http://semver.org/).
## Installation and Usage
Package documentation can be found on
[GoDoc](http://godoc.org/github.com/hashicorp/go-version).
Installation can be done with a normal `go get`:
```
$ go get github.com/hashicorp/go-version
```
#### Version Parsing and Comparison
```go
v1, err := version.NewVersion("1.2")
v2, err := version.NewVersion("1.5+metadata")
// Comparison example. There is also GreaterThan, Equal, and just
// a simple Compare that returns an int allowing easy >=, <=, etc.
if v1.LessThan(v2) {
fmt.Printf("%s is less than %s", v1, v2)
}
```
#### Version Constraints
```go
v1, err := version.NewVersion("1.2")
// Constraints example.
constraints, err := version.NewConstraint(">= 1.0, < 1.4")
if constraints.Check(v1) {
fmt.Printf("%s satisfies constraints %s", v1, constraints)
}
```
#### Version Sorting
```go
versionsRaw := []string{"1.1", "0.7.1", "1.4-beta", "1.4", "2"}
versions := make([]*version.Version, len(versionsRaw))
for i, raw := range versionsRaw {
v, _ := version.NewVersion(raw)
versions[i] = v
}
// After this, the versions are properly sorted
sort.Sort(version.Collection(versions))
```
## Issues and Contributing
If you find an issue with this library, please report an issue. If you'd
like, we welcome any contributions. Fork this library and submit a pull
request.

204
vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-version/constraint.go generated vendored
View File

@ -1,204 +0,0 @@
package version
import (
"fmt"
"reflect"
"regexp"
"strings"
)
// Constraint represents a single constraint for a version, such as
// ">= 1.0".
type Constraint struct {
f constraintFunc
check *Version
original string
}
// Constraints is a slice of constraints. We make a custom type so that
// we can add methods to it.
type Constraints []*Constraint
type constraintFunc func(v, c *Version) bool
var constraintOperators map[string]constraintFunc
var constraintRegexp *regexp.Regexp
func init() {
constraintOperators = map[string]constraintFunc{
"": constraintEqual,
"=": constraintEqual,
"!=": constraintNotEqual,
">": constraintGreaterThan,
"<": constraintLessThan,
">=": constraintGreaterThanEqual,
"<=": constraintLessThanEqual,
"~>": constraintPessimistic,
}
ops := make([]string, 0, len(constraintOperators))
for k := range constraintOperators {
ops = append(ops, regexp.QuoteMeta(k))
}
constraintRegexp = regexp.MustCompile(fmt.Sprintf(
`^\s*(%s)\s*(%s)\s*$`,
strings.Join(ops, "|"),
VersionRegexpRaw))
}
// NewConstraint will parse one or more constraints from the given
// constraint string. The string must be a comma-separated list of
// constraints.
func NewConstraint(v string) (Constraints, error) {
vs := strings.Split(v, ",")
result := make([]*Constraint, len(vs))
for i, single := range vs {
c, err := parseSingle(single)
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
result[i] = c
}
return Constraints(result), nil
}
// Check tests if a version satisfies all the constraints.
func (cs Constraints) Check(v *Version) bool {
for _, c := range cs {
if !c.Check(v) {
return false
}
}
return true
}
// Returns the string format of the constraints
func (cs Constraints) String() string {
csStr := make([]string, len(cs))
for i, c := range cs {
csStr[i] = c.String()
}
return strings.Join(csStr, ",")
}
// Check tests if a constraint is validated by the given version.
func (c *Constraint) Check(v *Version) bool {
return c.f(v, c.check)
}
func (c *Constraint) String() string {
return c.original
}
func parseSingle(v string) (*Constraint, error) {
matches := constraintRegexp.FindStringSubmatch(v)
if matches == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("Malformed constraint: %s", v)
}
check, err := NewVersion(matches[2])
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
return &Constraint{
f: constraintOperators[matches[1]],
check: check,
original: v,
}, nil
}
func prereleaseCheck(v, c *Version) bool {
switch vPre, cPre := v.Prerelease() != "", c.Prerelease() != ""; {
case cPre && vPre:
// A constraint with a pre-release can only match a pre-release version
// with the same base segments.
return reflect.DeepEqual(c.Segments64(), v.Segments64())
case !cPre && vPre:
// A constraint without a pre-release can only match a version without a
// pre-release.
return false
case cPre && !vPre:
// OK, except with the pessimistic operator
case !cPre && !vPre:
// OK
}
return true
}
//-------------------------------------------------------------------
// Constraint functions
//-------------------------------------------------------------------
func constraintEqual(v, c *Version) bool {
return v.Equal(c)
}
func constraintNotEqual(v, c *Version) bool {
return !v.Equal(c)
}
func constraintGreaterThan(v, c *Version) bool {
return prereleaseCheck(v, c) && v.Compare(c) == 1
}
func constraintLessThan(v, c *Version) bool {
return prereleaseCheck(v, c) && v.Compare(c) == -1
}
func constraintGreaterThanEqual(v, c *Version) bool {
return prereleaseCheck(v, c) && v.Compare(c) >= 0
}
func constraintLessThanEqual(v, c *Version) bool {
return prereleaseCheck(v, c) && v.Compare(c) <= 0
}
func constraintPessimistic(v, c *Version) bool {
// Using a pessimistic constraint with a pre-release, restricts versions to pre-releases
if !prereleaseCheck(v, c) || (c.Prerelease() != "" && v.Prerelease() == "") {
return false
}
// If the version being checked is naturally less than the constraint, then there
// is no way for the version to be valid against the constraint
if v.LessThan(c) {
return false
}
// We'll use this more than once, so grab the length now so it's a little cleaner
// to write the later checks
cs := len(c.segments)
// If the version being checked has less specificity than the constraint, then there
// is no way for the version to be valid against the constraint
if cs > len(v.segments) {
return false
}
// Check the segments in the constraint against those in the version. If the version
// being checked, at any point, does not have the same values in each index of the
// constraints segments, then it cannot be valid against the constraint.
for i := 0; i < c.si-1; i++ {
if v.segments[i] != c.segments[i] {
return false
}
}
// Check the last part of the segment in the constraint. If the version segment at
// this index is less than the constraints segment at this index, then it cannot
// be valid against the constraint
if c.segments[cs-1] > v.segments[cs-1] {
return false
}
// If nothing has rejected the version by now, it's valid
return true
}

384
vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-version/version.go generated vendored
View File

@ -1,384 +0,0 @@
package version
import (
"bytes"
"fmt"
"reflect"
"regexp"
"strconv"
"strings"
)
// The compiled regular expression used to test the validity of a version.
var (
versionRegexp *regexp.Regexp
semverRegexp *regexp.Regexp
)
// The raw regular expression string used for testing the validity
// of a version.
const (
VersionRegexpRaw string = `v?([0-9]+(\.[0-9]+)*?)` +
`(-([0-9]+[0-9A-Za-z\-~]*(\.[0-9A-Za-z\-~]+)*)|(-?([A-Za-z\-~]+[0-9A-Za-z\-~]*(\.[0-9A-Za-z\-~]+)*)))?` +
`(\+([0-9A-Za-z\-~]+(\.[0-9A-Za-z\-~]+)*))?` +
`?`
// SemverRegexpRaw requires a separator between version and prerelease
SemverRegexpRaw string = `v?([0-9]+(\.[0-9]+)*?)` +
`(-([0-9]+[0-9A-Za-z\-~]*(\.[0-9A-Za-z\-~]+)*)|(-([A-Za-z\-~]+[0-9A-Za-z\-~]*(\.[0-9A-Za-z\-~]+)*)))?` +
`(\+([0-9A-Za-z\-~]+(\.[0-9A-Za-z\-~]+)*))?` +
`?`
)
// Version represents a single version.
type Version struct {
metadata string
pre string
segments []int64
si int
original string
}
func init() {
versionRegexp = regexp.MustCompile("^" + VersionRegexpRaw + "$")
semverRegexp = regexp.MustCompile("^" + SemverRegexpRaw + "$")
}
// NewVersion parses the given version and returns a new
// Version.
func NewVersion(v string) (*Version, error) {
return newVersion(v, versionRegexp)
}
// NewSemver parses the given version and returns a new
// Version that adheres strictly to SemVer specs
// https://semver.org/
func NewSemver(v string) (*Version, error) {
return newVersion(v, semverRegexp)
}
func newVersion(v string, pattern *regexp.Regexp) (*Version, error) {
matches := pattern.FindStringSubmatch(v)
if matches == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("Malformed version: %s", v)
}
segmentsStr := strings.Split(matches[1], ".")
segments := make([]int64, len(segmentsStr))
si := 0
for i, str := range segmentsStr {
val, err := strconv.ParseInt(str, 10, 64)
if err != nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf(
"Error parsing version: %s", err)
}
segments[i] = int64(val)
si++
}
// Even though we could support more than three segments, if we
// got less than three, pad it with 0s. This is to cover the basic
// default usecase of semver, which is MAJOR.MINOR.PATCH at the minimum
for i := len(segments); i < 3; i++ {
segments = append(segments, 0)
}
pre := matches[7]
if pre == "" {
pre = matches[4]
}
return &Version{
metadata: matches[10],
pre: pre,
segments: segments,
si: si,
original: v,
}, nil
}
// Must is a helper that wraps a call to a function returning (*Version, error)
// and panics if error is non-nil.
func Must(v *Version, err error) *Version {
if err != nil {
panic(err)
}
return v
}
// Compare compares this version to another version. This
// returns -1, 0, or 1 if this version is smaller, equal,
// or larger than the other version, respectively.
//
// If you want boolean results, use the LessThan, Equal,
// GreaterThan, GreaterThanOrEqual or LessThanOrEqual methods.
func (v *Version) Compare(other *Version) int {
// A quick, efficient equality check
if v.String() == other.String() {
return 0
}
segmentsSelf := v.Segments64()
segmentsOther := other.Segments64()
// If the segments are the same, we must compare on prerelease info
if reflect.DeepEqual(segmentsSelf, segmentsOther) {
preSelf := v.Prerelease()
preOther := other.Prerelease()
if preSelf == "" && preOther == "" {
return 0
}
if preSelf == "" {
return 1
}
if preOther == "" {
return -1
}
return comparePrereleases(preSelf, preOther)
}
// Get the highest specificity (hS), or if they're equal, just use segmentSelf length
lenSelf := len(segmentsSelf)
lenOther := len(segmentsOther)
hS := lenSelf
if lenSelf < lenOther {
hS = lenOther
}
// Compare the segments
// Because a constraint could have more/less specificity than the version it's
// checking, we need to account for a lopsided or jagged comparison
for i := 0; i < hS; i++ {
if i > lenSelf-1 {
// This means Self had the lower specificity
// Check to see if the remaining segments in Other are all zeros
if !allZero(segmentsOther[i:]) {
// if not, it means that Other has to be greater than Self
return -1
}
break
} else if i > lenOther-1 {
// this means Other had the lower specificity
// Check to see if the remaining segments in Self are all zeros -
if !allZero(segmentsSelf[i:]) {
//if not, it means that Self has to be greater than Other
return 1
}
break
}
lhs := segmentsSelf[i]
rhs := segmentsOther[i]
if lhs == rhs {
continue
} else if lhs < rhs {
return -1
}
// Otherwis, rhs was > lhs, they're not equal
return 1
}
// if we got this far, they're equal
return 0
}
func allZero(segs []int64) bool {
for _, s := range segs {
if s != 0 {
return false
}
}
return true
}
func comparePart(preSelf string, preOther string) int {
if preSelf == preOther {
return 0
}
var selfInt int64
selfNumeric := true
selfInt, err := strconv.ParseInt(preSelf, 10, 64)
if err != nil {
selfNumeric = false
}
var otherInt int64
otherNumeric := true
otherInt, err = strconv.ParseInt(preOther, 10, 64)
if err != nil {
otherNumeric = false
}
// if a part is empty, we use the other to decide
if preSelf == "" {
if otherNumeric {
return -1
}
return 1
}
if preOther == "" {
if selfNumeric {
return 1
}
return -1
}
if selfNumeric && !otherNumeric {
return -1
} else if !selfNumeric && otherNumeric {
return 1
} else if !selfNumeric && !otherNumeric && preSelf > preOther {
return 1
} else if selfInt > otherInt {
return 1
}
return -1
}
func comparePrereleases(v string, other string) int {
// the same pre release!
if v == other {
return 0
}
// split both pre releases for analyse their parts
selfPreReleaseMeta := strings.Split(v, ".")
otherPreReleaseMeta := strings.Split(other, ".")
selfPreReleaseLen := len(selfPreReleaseMeta)
otherPreReleaseLen := len(otherPreReleaseMeta)
biggestLen := otherPreReleaseLen
if selfPreReleaseLen > otherPreReleaseLen {
biggestLen = selfPreReleaseLen
}
// loop for parts to find the first difference
for i := 0; i < biggestLen; i = i + 1 {
partSelfPre := ""
if i < selfPreReleaseLen {
partSelfPre = selfPreReleaseMeta[i]
}
partOtherPre := ""
if i < otherPreReleaseLen {
partOtherPre = otherPreReleaseMeta[i]
}
compare := comparePart(partSelfPre, partOtherPre)
// if parts are equals, continue the loop
if compare != 0 {
return compare
}
}
return 0
}
// Equal tests if two versions are equal.
func (v *Version) Equal(o *Version) bool {
if v == nil || o == nil {
return v == o
}
return v.Compare(o) == 0
}
// GreaterThan tests if this version is greater than another version.
func (v *Version) GreaterThan(o *Version) bool {
return v.Compare(o) > 0
}
// GreaterThanOrEqual tests if this version is greater than or equal to another version.
func (v *Version) GreaterThanOrEqual(o *Version) bool {
return v.Compare(o) >= 0
}
// LessThan tests if this version is less than another version.
func (v *Version) LessThan(o *Version) bool {
return v.Compare(o) < 0
}
// LessThanOrEqual tests if this version is less than or equal to another version.
func (v *Version) LessThanOrEqual(o *Version) bool {
return v.Compare(o) <= 0
}
// Metadata returns any metadata that was part of the version
// string.
//
// Metadata is anything that comes after the "+" in the version.
// For example, with "1.2.3+beta", the metadata is "beta".
func (v *Version) Metadata() string {
return v.metadata
}
// Prerelease returns any prerelease data that is part of the version,
// or blank if there is no prerelease data.
//
// Prerelease information is anything that comes after the "-" in the
// version (but before any metadata). For example, with "1.2.3-beta",
// the prerelease information is "beta".
func (v *Version) Prerelease() string {
return v.pre
}
// Segments returns the numeric segments of the version as a slice of ints.
//
// This excludes any metadata or pre-release information. For example,
// for a version "1.2.3-beta", segments will return a slice of
// 1, 2, 3.
func (v *Version) Segments() []int {
segmentSlice := make([]int, len(v.segments))
for i, v := range v.segments {
segmentSlice[i] = int(v)
}
return segmentSlice
}
// Segments64 returns the numeric segments of the version as a slice of int64s.
//
// This excludes any metadata or pre-release information. For example,
// for a version "1.2.3-beta", segments will return a slice of
// 1, 2, 3.
func (v *Version) Segments64() []int64 {
result := make([]int64, len(v.segments))
copy(result, v.segments)
return result
}
// String returns the full version string included pre-release
// and metadata information.
//
// This value is rebuilt according to the parsed segments and other
// information. Therefore, ambiguities in the version string such as
// prefixed zeroes (1.04.0 => 1.4.0), `v` prefix (v1.0.0 => 1.0.0), and
// missing parts (1.0 => 1.0.0) will be made into a canonicalized form
// as shown in the parenthesized examples.
func (v *Version) String() string {
var buf bytes.Buffer
fmtParts := make([]string, len(v.segments))
for i, s := range v.segments {
// We can ignore err here since we've pre-parsed the values in segments
str := strconv.FormatInt(s, 10)
fmtParts[i] = str
}
fmt.Fprintf(&buf, strings.Join(fmtParts, "."))
if v.pre != "" {
fmt.Fprintf(&buf, "-%s", v.pre)
}
if v.metadata != "" {
fmt.Fprintf(&buf, "+%s", v.metadata)
}
return buf.String()
}
// Original returns the original parsed version as-is, including any
// potential whitespace, `v` prefix, etc.
func (v *Version) Original() string {
return v.original
}

17
vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-version/version_collection.go generated vendored
View File

@ -1,17 +0,0 @@
package version
// Collection is a type that implements the sort.Interface interface
// so that versions can be sorted.
type Collection []*Version
func (v Collection) Len() int {
return len(v)
}
func (v Collection) Less(i, j int) bool {
return v[i].LessThan(v[j])
}
func (v Collection) Swap(i, j int) {
v[i], v[j] = v[j], v[i]
}

8
vendor/github.com/sethvargo/go-envconfig/AUTHORS generated vendored
View File

@ -1,8 +0,0 @@
# This is the list of envconfig authors for copyright purposes.
#
# This does not necessarily list everyone who has contributed code, since in
# some cases, their employer may be the copyright holder. To see the full list
# of contributors, see the revision history in source control.
Google LLC
Seth Vargo

202
vendor/github.com/sethvargo/go-envconfig/LICENSE generated vendored
View File

@ -1,202 +0,0 @@
Apache License
Version 2.0, January 2004
http://www.apache.org/licenses/
TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR USE, REPRODUCTION, AND DISTRIBUTION
1. Definitions.
"License" shall mean the terms and conditions for use, reproduction,
and distribution as defined by Sections 1 through 9 of this document.
"Licensor" shall mean the copyright owner or entity authorized by
the copyright owner that is granting the License.
"Legal Entity" shall mean the union of the acting entity and all
other entities that control, are controlled by, or are under common
control with that entity. For the purposes of this definition,
"control" means (i) the power, direct or indirect, to cause the
direction or management of such entity, whether by contract or
otherwise, or (ii) ownership of fifty percent (50%) or more of the
outstanding shares, or (iii) beneficial ownership of such entity.
"You" (or "Your") shall mean an individual or Legal Entity
exercising permissions granted by this License.
"Source" form shall mean the preferred form for making modifications,
including but not limited to software source code, documentation
source, and configuration files.
"Object" form shall mean any form resulting from mechanical
transformation or translation of a Source form, including but
not limited to compiled object code, generated documentation,
and conversions to other media types.
"Work" shall mean the work of authorship, whether in Source or
Object form, made available under the License, as indicated by a
copyright notice that is included in or attached to the work
(an example is provided in the Appendix below).
"Derivative Works" shall mean any work, whether in Source or Object
form, that is based on (or derived from) the Work and for which the
editorial revisions, annotations, elaborations, or other modifications
represent, as a whole, an original work of authorship. For the purposes
of this License, Derivative Works shall not include works that remain
separable from, or merely link (or bind by name) to the interfaces of,
the Work and Derivative Works thereof.
"Contribution" shall mean any work of authorship, including
the original version of the Work and any modifications or additions
to that Work or Derivative Works thereof, that is intentionally
submitted to Licensor for inclusion in the Work by the copyright owner
or by an individual or Legal Entity authorized to submit on behalf of
the copyright owner. For the purposes of this definition, "submitted"
means any form of electronic, verbal, or written communication sent
to the Licensor or its representatives, including but not limited to
communication on electronic mailing lists, source code control systems,
and issue tracking systems that are managed by, or on behalf of, the
Licensor for the purpose of discussing and improving the Work, but
excluding communication that is conspicuously marked or otherwise
designated in writing by the copyright owner as "Not a Contribution."
"Contributor" shall mean Licensor and any individual or Legal Entity
on behalf of whom a Contribution has been received by Licensor and
subsequently incorporated within the Work.
2. Grant of Copyright License. Subject to the terms and conditions of
this License, each Contributor hereby grants to You a perpetual,
worldwide, non-exclusive, no-charge, royalty-free, irrevocable
copyright license to reproduce, prepare Derivative Works of,
publicly display, publicly perform, sublicense, and distribute the
Work and such Derivative Works in Source or Object form.
3. Grant of Patent License. Subject to the terms and conditions of
this License, each Contributor hereby grants to You a perpetual,
worldwide, non-exclusive, no-charge, royalty-free, irrevocable
(except as stated in this section) patent license to make, have made,
use, offer to sell, sell, import, and otherwise transfer the Work,
where such license applies only to those patent claims licensable
by such Contributor that are necessarily infringed by their
Contribution(s) alone or by combination of their Contribution(s)
with the Work to which such Contribution(s) was submitted. If You
institute patent litigation against any entity (including a
cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that the Work
or a Contribution incorporated within the Work constitutes direct
or contributory patent infringement, then any patent licenses
granted to You under this License for that Work shall terminate
as of the date such litigation is filed.
4. Redistribution. You may reproduce and distribute copies of the
Work or Derivative Works thereof in any medium, with or without
modifications, and in Source or Object form, provided that You
meet the following conditions:
(a) You must give any other recipients of the Work or
Derivative Works a copy of this License; and
(b) You must cause any modified files to carry prominent notices
stating that You changed the files; and
(c) You must retain, in the Source form of any Derivative Works
that You distribute, all copyright, patent, trademark, and
attribution notices from the Source form of the Work,
excluding those notices that do not pertain to any part of
the Derivative Works; and
(d) If the Work includes a "NOTICE" text file as part of its
distribution, then any Derivative Works that You distribute must
include a readable copy of the attribution notices contained
within such NOTICE file, excluding those notices that do not
pertain to any part of the Derivative Works, in at least one
of the following places: within a NOTICE text file distributed
as part of the Derivative Works; within the Source form or
documentation, if provided along with the Derivative Works; or,
within a display generated by the Derivative Works, if and
wherever such third-party notices normally appear. The contents
of the NOTICE file are for informational purposes only and
do not modify the License. You may add Your own attribution
notices within Derivative Works that You distribute, alongside
or as an addendum to the NOTICE text from the Work, provided
that such additional attribution notices cannot be construed
as modifying the License.
You may add Your own copyright statement to Your modifications and
may provide additional or different license terms and conditions
for use, reproduction, or distribution of Your modifications, or
for any such Derivative Works as a whole, provided Your use,
reproduction, and distribution of the Work otherwise complies with
the conditions stated in this License.
5. Submission of Contributions. Unless You explicitly state otherwise,
any Contribution intentionally submitted for inclusion in the Work
by You to the Licensor shall be under the terms and conditions of
this License, without any additional terms or conditions.
Notwithstanding the above, nothing herein shall supersede or modify
the terms of any separate license agreement you may have executed
with Licensor regarding such Contributions.
6. Trademarks. This License does not grant permission to use the trade
names, trademarks, service marks, or product names of the Licensor,
except as required for reasonable and customary use in describing the
origin of the Work and reproducing the content of the NOTICE file.
7. Disclaimer of Warranty. Unless required by applicable law or
agreed to in writing, Licensor provides the Work (and each
Contributor provides its Contributions) on an "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or
implied, including, without limitation, any warranties or conditions
of TITLE, NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY, or FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE. You are solely responsible for determining the
appropriateness of using or redistributing the Work and assume any
risks associated with Your exercise of permissions under this License.
8. Limitation of Liability. In no event and under no legal theory,
whether in tort (including negligence), contract, or otherwise,
unless required by applicable law (such as deliberate and grossly
negligent acts) or agreed to in writing, shall any Contributor be
liable to You for damages, including any direct, indirect, special,
incidental, or consequential damages of any character arising as a
result of this License or out of the use or inability to use the
Work (including but not limited to damages for loss of goodwill,
work stoppage, computer failure or malfunction, or any and all
other commercial damages or losses), even if such Contributor
has been advised of the possibility of such damages.
9. Accepting Warranty or Additional Liability. While redistributing
the Work or Derivative Works thereof, You may choose to offer,
and charge a fee for, acceptance of support, warranty, indemnity,
or other liability obligations and/or rights consistent with this
License. However, in accepting such obligations, You may act only
on Your own behalf and on Your sole responsibility, not on behalf
of any other Contributor, and only if You agree to indemnify,
defend, and hold each Contributor harmless for any liability
incurred by, or claims asserted against, such Contributor by reason
of your accepting any such warranty or additional liability.
END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
APPENDIX: How to apply the Apache License to your work.
To apply the Apache License to your work, attach the following
boilerplate notice, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]"
replaced with your own identifying information. (Don't include
the brackets!) The text should be enclosed in the appropriate
comment syntax for the file format. We also recommend that a
file or class name and description of purpose be included on the
same "printed page" as the copyright notice for easier
identification within third-party archives.
Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner]
Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
You may obtain a copy of the License at
http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
limitations under the License.

32
vendor/github.com/sethvargo/go-envconfig/Makefile generated vendored
View File

@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
# Copyright The envconfig Authors
#
# Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
# you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
# You may obtain a copy of the License at
#
# http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
#
# Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
# distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
# WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
# See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
# limitations under the License.
test:
@go test \
-count=1 \
-short \
-timeout=5m \
-vet="${VETTERS}" \
./...
.PHONY: test
test-acc:
@go test \
-count=1 \
-race \
-shuffle=on \
-timeout=10m \
-vet="${VETTERS}" \
./...
.PHONY: test-acc

405
vendor/github.com/sethvargo/go-envconfig/README.md generated vendored
View File

@ -1,405 +0,0 @@
# Envconfig
[![GoDoc](https://img.shields.io/badge/go-documentation-blue.svg?style=flat-square)](https://pkg.go.dev/mod/github.com/sethvargo/go-envconfig)
[![GitHub Actions](https://img.shields.io/github/workflow/status/sethvargo/go-envconfig/unit/main?style=flat-square)](https://github.com/sethvargo/go-envconfig/actions?query=branch%3Amain+-event%3Aschedule)
Envconfig populates struct field values based on environment variables or
arbitrary lookup functions. It supports pre-setting mutations, which is useful
for things like converting values to uppercase, trimming whitespace, or looking
up secrets.
**Note:** Versions prior to v0.2 used a different import path. This README and
examples are for v0.2+.
## Usage
Define a struct with fields using the `env` tag:
```go
type MyConfig struct {
Port int `env:"PORT"`
Username string `env:"USERNAME"`
}
```
Set some environment variables:
```sh
export PORT=5555
export USERNAME=yoyo
```
Process it using envconfig:
```go
package main
import (
"context"
"log"
"github.com/sethvargo/go-envconfig"
)
func main() {
ctx := context.Background()
var c MyConfig
if err := envconfig.Process(ctx, &c); err != nil {
log.Fatal(err)
}
// c.Port = 5555
// c.Username = "yoyo"
}
```
You can also use nested structs, just remember that any fields you want to
process must be public:
```go
type MyConfig struct {
Database *DatabaseConfig
}
type DatabaseConfig struct {
Port int `env:"PORT"`
Username string `env:"USERNAME"`
}
```
## Configuration
Use the `env` struct tag to define configuration.
### Overwrite
If overwrite is set, the value will be overwritten if there is an
environment variable match regardless if the value is non-zero.
```go
type MyStruct struct {
Port int `env:"PORT,overwrite"`
}
```
### Required
If a field is required, processing will error if the environment variable is
unset.
```go
type MyStruct struct {
Port int `env:"PORT,required"`
}
```
It is invalid to have a field as both `required` and `default`.
### Default
If an environment variable is not set, the field will be set to the default
value. Note that the environment variable must not be set (e.g. `unset PORT`).
If the environment variable is the empty string, that counts as a "value" and
the default will not be used.
```go
type MyStruct struct {
Port int `env:"PORT,default=5555"`
}
```
You can also set the default value to another field or value from the
environment, for example:
```go
type MyStruct struct {
DefaultPort int `env:"DEFAULT_PORT,default=5555"`
Port int `env:"OVERRIDE_PORT,default=$DEFAULT_PORT"`
}
```
The value for `Port` will default to the value of `DEFAULT_PORT`.
It is invalid to have a field as both `required` and `default`.
### Prefix
For shared, embedded structs, you can define a prefix to use when processing
struct values for that embed.
```go
type SharedConfig struct {
Port int `env:"PORT,default=5555"`
}
type Server1 struct {
// This processes Port from $FOO_PORT.
*SharedConfig `env:",prefix=FOO_"`
}
type Server2 struct {
// This processes Port from $BAR_PORT.
*SharedConfig `env:",prefix=BAR_"`
}
```
It is invalid to specify a prefix on non-struct fields.
### Delimiter
When parsing maps and slices, a comma (`,`) is the default element delimiter.
Define a custom delimiter with `delimiter`:
```go
type MyStruct struct {
MyVar map[string]string `env:"MYVAR,delimiter=;"`
```
```bash
export MYVAR="a:1;b:2"
# map[string]string{"a":"1", "b":"2"}
```
This is especially helpful when your values include the default delimiter
character.
```bash
export MYVAR="a:1,2,3;b:4,5"
# map[string]string{"a":"1,2,3", "b":"4,5"}
```
### Separator
When parsing maps, a colon (`:`) is the default key-value separator. Define a
separator with `separator`:
```go
type MyStruct struct {
MyVar map[string]string `env:"MYVAR,separator=="`
}
```
```bash
export MYVAR="a=b,c=d"
# map[string]string{"a":"b", "c":"d"}
```
This is especially helpful when your keys or values include the default
separator character.
```bash
export MYVAR="client=abcd::1/128,backend=abcd::2/128"
# map[string]string{"client":"abcd::1/128", "backend":"abcd::2/128"}
```
## Complex Types
### Durations
In the environment, `time.Duration` values are specified as a parsable Go
duration:
```go
type MyStruct struct {
MyVar time.Duration `env:"MYVAR"`
}
```
```bash
export MYVAR="10m" # 10 * time.Minute
```
### TextUnmarshaler / BinaryUnmarshaler
Types that implement `TextUnmarshaler` or `BinaryUnmarshaler` are processed as such.
### json.Unmarshaler
Types that implement `json.Unmarshaler` are processed as such.
### gob.Decoder
Types that implement `gob.Decoder` are processed as such.
### Slices
Slices are specified as comma-separated values:
```go
type MyStruct struct {
MyVar []string `env:"MYVAR"`
}
```
```bash
export MYVAR="a,b,c,d" # []string{"a", "b", "c", "d"}
```
Note that byte slices are special cased and interpreted as strings from the
environment.
### Maps
Maps are specified as comma-separated key:value pairs:
```go
type MyStruct struct {
MyVar map[string]string `env:"MYVAR"`
}
```
```bash
export MYVAR="a:b,c:d" # map[string]string{"a":"b", "c":"d"}
```
### Structs
Envconfig walks the entire struct, including nested structs, so deeply-nested
fields are also supported.
If a nested struct is a pointer type, it will automatically be instantianted to
the non-nil value. To change this behavior, see
(Initialization)[#Initialization].
### Custom
You can also define your own decoder for structs (see below).
## Prefixing
You can define a custom prefix using the `PrefixLookuper`. This will lookup
values in the environment by prefixing the keys with the provided value:
```go
type MyStruct struct {
MyVar string `env:"MYVAR"`
}
```
```go
// Process variables, but look for the "APP_" prefix.
l := envconfig.PrefixLookuper("APP_", envconfig.OsLookuper())
if err := envconfig.ProcessWith(ctx, &c, l); err != nil {
panic(err)
}
```
```bash
export APP_MYVAR="foo"
```
## Initialization
By default, all pointer fields are initialized (allocated) so they are not
`nil`. To disable this behavior, use the tag the field as `noinit`:
```go
type MyStruct struct {
// Without `noinit`, DeleteUser would be initialized to the default boolean
// value. With `noinit`, if the environment variable is not given, the value
// is kept as uninitialized (nil).
DeleteUser *bool `env:"DELETE_USER, noinit"`
}
```
This also applies to nested fields in a struct:
```go
type ParentConfig struct {
// Without `noinit` tag, `Child` would be set to `&ChildConfig{}` whether
// or not `FIELD` is set in the env var.
// With `noinit`, `Child` would stay nil if `FIELD` is not set in the env var.
Child *ChildConfig `env:",noinit"`
}
type ChildConfig struct {
Field string `env:"FIELD"`
}
```
The `noinit` tag is only applicable for pointer fields. Putting the tag on a
non-struct-pointer will return an error.
## Extension
All built-in types are supported except Func and Chan. If you need to define a
custom decoder, implement the `Decoder` interface:
```go
type MyStruct struct {
field string
}
func (v *MyStruct) EnvDecode(val string) error {
v.field = fmt.Sprintf("PREFIX-%s", val)
return nil
}
var _ envconfig.Decoder = (*MyStruct)(nil) // interface check
```
If you need to modify environment variable values before processing, you can
specify a custom `Mutator`:
```go
type Config struct {
Password `env:"PASSWORD"`
}
func resolveSecretFunc(ctx context.Context, key, value string) (string, error) {
if strings.HasPrefix(value, "secret://") {
return secretmanager.Resolve(ctx, value) // example
}
return value, nil
}
var config Config
envconfig.ProcessWith(ctx, &config, envconfig.OsLookuper(), resolveSecretFunc)
```
## Testing
Relying on the environment in tests can be troublesome because environment
variables are global, which makes it difficult to parallelize the tests.
Envconfig supports extracting data from anything that returns a value:
```go
lookuper := envconfig.MapLookuper(map[string]string{
"FOO": "bar",
"ZIP": "zap",
})
var config Config
envconfig.ProcessWith(ctx, &config, lookuper)
```
Now you can parallelize all your tests by providing a map for the lookup
function. In fact, that's how the tests in this repo work, so check there for an
example.
You can also combine multiple lookupers with `MultiLookuper`. See the GoDoc for
more information and examples.
## Inspiration
This library is conceptually similar to [kelseyhightower/envconfig](https://github.com/kelseyhightower/envconfig), with the following
major behavioral differences:
- Adds support for specifying a custom lookup function (such as a map), which
is useful for testing.
- Only populates fields if they contain zero or nil values if `overwrite` is unset.
This means you can pre-initialize a struct and any pre-populated fields will not
be overwritten during processing.
- Support for interpolation. The default value for a field can be the value of
another field.
- Support for arbitrary mutators that change/resolve data before type
conversion.

57
vendor/github.com/sethvargo/go-envconfig/decoding.go generated vendored
View File

@ -1,57 +0,0 @@
// Copyright The envconfig Authors
//
// Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
// you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
// You may obtain a copy of the License at
//
// http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
//
// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
// distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
// See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
// limitations under the License.
package envconfig
import (
"encoding/base64"
"encoding/hex"
"strings"
)
// Base64Bytes is a slice of bytes where the information is base64-encoded in
// the environment variable.
type Base64Bytes []byte
// EnvDecode implements env.Decoder.
func (b *Base64Bytes) EnvDecode(val string) error {
val = strings.ReplaceAll(val, "+", "-")
val = strings.ReplaceAll(val, "/", "_")
val = strings.TrimRight(val, "=")
var err error
*b, err = base64.RawURLEncoding.DecodeString(val)
return err
}
// Bytes returns the underlying bytes.
func (b Base64Bytes) Bytes() []byte {
return []byte(b)
}
// HexBytes is a slice of bytes where the information is hex-encoded in the
// environment variable.
type HexBytes []byte
// EnvDecode implements env.Decoder.
func (b *HexBytes) EnvDecode(val string) error {
var err error
*b, err = hex.DecodeString(val)
return err
}
// Bytes returns the underlying bytes.
func (b HexBytes) Bytes() []byte {
return []byte(b)
}

691
vendor/github.com/sethvargo/go-envconfig/envconfig.go generated vendored
View File

@ -1,691 +0,0 @@
// Copyright The envconfig Authors
//
// Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
// you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
// You may obtain a copy of the License at
//
// http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
//
// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
// distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
// See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
// limitations under the License.
// Package envconfig populates struct fields based on environment variable
// values (or anything that responds to "Lookup"). Structs declare their
// environment dependencies using the `env` tag with the key being the name of
// the environment variable, case sensitive.
//
// type MyStruct struct {
// A string `env:"A"` // resolves A to $A
// B string `env:"B,required"` // resolves B to $B, errors if $B is unset
// C string `env:"C,default=foo"` // resolves C to $C, defaults to "foo"
//
// D string `env:"D,required,default=foo"` // error, cannot be required and default
// E string `env:""` // error, must specify key
// }
//
// All built-in types are supported except Func and Chan. If you need to define
// a custom decoder, implement Decoder:
//
// type MyStruct struct {
// field string
// }
//
// func (v *MyStruct) EnvDecode(val string) error {
// v.field = fmt.Sprintf("PREFIX-%s", val)
// return nil
// }
//
// In the environment, slices are specified as comma-separated values:
//
// export MYVAR="a,b,c,d" // []string{"a", "b", "c", "d"}
//
// In the environment, maps are specified as comma-separated key:value pairs:
//
// export MYVAR="a:b,c:d" // map[string]string{"a":"b", "c":"d"}
//
// If you need to modify environment variable values before processing, you can
// specify a custom mutator:
//
// type Config struct {
// Password `env:"PASSWORD_SECRET"`
// }
//
// func resolveSecretFunc(ctx context.Context, key, value string) (string, error) {
// if strings.HasPrefix(value, "secret://") {
// return secretmanager.Resolve(ctx, value) // example
// }
// return value, nil
// }
//
// var config Config
// ProcessWith(&config, OsLookuper(), resolveSecretFunc)
//
package envconfig
import (
"context"
"encoding"
"encoding/gob"
"encoding/json"
"errors"
"fmt"
"os"
"reflect"
"regexp"
"strconv"
"strings"
"time"
)
const (
envTag = "env"
optDefault = "default="
optDelimiter = "delimiter="
optNoInit = "noinit"
optOverwrite = "overwrite"
optPrefix = "prefix="
optRequired = "required"
optSeparator = "separator="
defaultDelimiter = ","
defaultSeparator = ":"
)
var envvarNameRe = regexp.MustCompile(`\A[a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z0-9_]*\z`)
// Error is a custom error type for errors returned by envconfig.
type Error string
// Error implements error.
func (e Error) Error() string {
return string(e)
}
const (
ErrInvalidEnvvarName = Error("invalid environment variable name")
ErrInvalidMapItem = Error("invalid map item")
ErrLookuperNil = Error("lookuper cannot be nil")
ErrMissingKey = Error("missing key")
ErrMissingRequired = Error("missing required value")
ErrNoInitNotPtr = Error("field must be a pointer to have noinit")
ErrNotPtr = Error("input must be a pointer")
ErrNotStruct = Error("input must be a struct")
ErrPrefixNotStruct = Error("prefix is only valid on struct types")
ErrPrivateField = Error("cannot parse private fields")
ErrRequiredAndDefault = Error("field cannot be required and have a default value")
ErrUnknownOption = Error("unknown option")
)
// Lookuper is an interface that provides a lookup for a string-based key.
type Lookuper interface {
// Lookup searches for the given key and returns the corresponding string
// value. If a value is found, it returns the value and true. If a value is
// not found, it returns the empty string and false.
Lookup(key string) (string, bool)
}
// osLookuper looks up environment configuration from the local environment.
type osLookuper struct{}
// Verify implements interface.
var _ Lookuper = (*osLookuper)(nil)
func (o *osLookuper) Lookup(key string) (string, bool) {
return os.LookupEnv(key)
}
// OsLookuper returns a lookuper that uses the environment (os.LookupEnv) to
// resolve values.
func OsLookuper() Lookuper {
return new(osLookuper)
}
type mapLookuper map[string]string
var _ Lookuper = (*mapLookuper)(nil)
func (m mapLookuper) Lookup(key string) (string, bool) {
v, ok := m[key]
return v, ok
}
// MapLookuper looks up environment configuration from a provided map. This is
// useful for testing, especially in parallel, since it does not require you to
// mutate the parent environment (which is stateful).
func MapLookuper(m map[string]string) Lookuper {
return mapLookuper(m)
}
type multiLookuper struct {
ls []Lookuper
}
var _ Lookuper = (*multiLookuper)(nil)
func (m *multiLookuper) Lookup(key string) (string, bool) {
for _, l := range m.ls {
if v, ok := l.Lookup(key); ok {
return v, true
}
}
return "", false
}
// PrefixLookuper looks up environment configuration using the specified prefix.
// This is useful if you want all your variables to start with a particular
// prefix like "MY_APP_".
func PrefixLookuper(prefix string, l Lookuper) Lookuper {
if typ, ok := l.(*prefixLookuper); ok {
return &prefixLookuper{prefix: typ.prefix + prefix, l: typ.l}
}
return &prefixLookuper{prefix: prefix, l: l}
}
type prefixLookuper struct {
l Lookuper
prefix string
}
func (p *prefixLookuper) Lookup(key string) (string, bool) {
return p.l.Lookup(p.prefix + key)
}
// MultiLookuper wraps a collection of lookupers. It does not combine them, and
// lookups appear in the order in which they are provided to the initializer.
func MultiLookuper(lookupers ...Lookuper) Lookuper {
return &multiLookuper{ls: lookupers}
}
// Decoder is an interface that custom types/fields can implement to control how
// decoding takes place. For example:
//
// type MyType string
//
// func (mt MyType) EnvDecode(val string) error {
// return "CUSTOM-"+val
// }
//
type Decoder interface {
EnvDecode(val string) error
}
// MutatorFunc is a function that mutates a given value before it is passed
// along for processing. This is useful if you want to mutate the environment
// variable value before it's converted to the proper type.
type MutatorFunc func(ctx context.Context, k, v string) (string, error)
// options are internal options for decoding.
type options struct {
Default string
Delimiter string
Prefix string
Separator string
NoInit bool
Overwrite bool
Required bool
}
// Process processes the struct using the environment. See ProcessWith for a
// more customizable version.
func Process(ctx context.Context, i interface{}) error {
return ProcessWith(ctx, i, OsLookuper())
}
// ProcessWith processes the given interface with the given lookuper. See the
// package-level documentation for specific examples and behaviors.
func ProcessWith(ctx context.Context, i interface{}, l Lookuper, fns ...MutatorFunc) error {
return processWith(ctx, i, l, false, fns...)
}
// processWith is a helper that captures whether the parent wanted
// initialization.
func processWith(ctx context.Context, i interface{}, l Lookuper, parentNoInit bool, fns ...MutatorFunc) error {
if l == nil {
return ErrLookuperNil
}
v := reflect.ValueOf(i)
if v.Kind() != reflect.Ptr {
return ErrNotPtr
}
e := v.Elem()
if e.Kind() != reflect.Struct {
return ErrNotStruct
}
t := e.Type()
for i := 0; i < t.NumField(); i++ {
ef := e.Field(i)
tf := t.Field(i)
tag := tf.Tag.Get(envTag)
if !ef.CanSet() {
if tag != "" {
// There's an "env" tag on a private field, we can't alter it, and it's
// likely a mistake. Return an error so the user can handle.
return fmt.Errorf("%s: %w", tf.Name, ErrPrivateField)
}
// Otherwise continue to the next field.
continue
}
// Parse the key and options.
key, opts, err := keyAndOpts(tag)
if err != nil {
return fmt.Errorf("%s: %w", tf.Name, err)
}
// NoInit is only permitted on pointers.
if opts.NoInit && ef.Kind() != reflect.Ptr {
return fmt.Errorf("%s: %w", tf.Name, ErrNoInitNotPtr)
}
isNilStructPtr := false
setNilStruct := func(v reflect.Value) {
origin := e.Field(i)
if isNilStructPtr {
empty := reflect.New(origin.Type().Elem()).Interface()
// If a struct (after traversal) equals to the empty value, it means
// nothing was changed in any sub-fields. With the noinit opt, we skip
// setting the empty value to the original struct pointer (aka. keep it
// nil).
if !reflect.DeepEqual(v.Interface(), empty) || (!opts.NoInit && !parentNoInit) {
origin.Set(v)
}
}
}
// Initialize pointer structs.
for ef.Kind() == reflect.Ptr {
if ef.IsNil() {
if ef.Type().Elem().Kind() != reflect.Struct {
// This is a nil pointer to something that isn't a struct, like
// *string. Move along.
break
}
isNilStructPtr = true
// Use an empty struct of the type so we can traverse.
ef = reflect.New(ef.Type().Elem()).Elem()
} else {
ef = ef.Elem()
}
}
// Special case handle structs. This has to come after the value resolution in
// case the struct has a custom decoder.
if ef.Kind() == reflect.Struct {
for ef.CanAddr() {
ef = ef.Addr()
}
// Lookup the value, ignoring an error if the key isn't defined. This is
// required for nested structs that don't declare their own `env` keys,
// but have internal fields with an `env` defined.
val, found, usedDefault, err := lookup(key, opts, l)
if err != nil && !errors.Is(err, ErrMissingKey) {
return fmt.Errorf("%s: %w", tf.Name, err)
}
if found || usedDefault {
if ok, err := processAsDecoder(val, ef); ok {
if err != nil {
return err
}
setNilStruct(ef)
continue
}
}
plu := l
if opts.Prefix != "" {
plu = PrefixLookuper(opts.Prefix, l)
}
if err := processWith(ctx, ef.Interface(), plu, opts.NoInit, fns...); err != nil {
return fmt.Errorf("%s: %w", tf.Name, err)
}
setNilStruct(ef)
continue
}
// It's invalid to have a prefix on a non-struct field.
if opts.Prefix != "" {
return ErrPrefixNotStruct
}
// Stop processing if there's no env tag (this comes after nested parsing),
// in case there's an env tag in an embedded struct.
if tag == "" {
continue
}
// The field already has a non-zero value and overwrite is false, do not
// overwrite.
if !ef.IsZero() && !opts.Overwrite {
continue
}
val, found, usedDefault, err := lookup(key, opts, l)
if err != nil {
return fmt.Errorf("%s: %w", tf.Name, err)
}
// If the field already has a non-zero value and there was no value directly
// specified, do not overwrite the existing field. We only want to overwrite
// when the envvar was provided directly.
if !ef.IsZero() && !found {
continue
}
// Apply any mutators. Mutators are applied after the lookup, but before any
// type conversions. They always resolve to a string (or error), so we don't
// call mutators when the environment variable was not set.
if found || usedDefault {
for _, fn := range fns {
if fn != nil {
val, err = fn(ctx, key, val)
if err != nil {
return fmt.Errorf("%s: %w", tf.Name, err)
}
}
}
}
// If Delimiter is not defined set it to ","
if opts.Delimiter == "" {
opts.Delimiter = defaultDelimiter
}
// If Separator is not defined set it to ":"
if opts.Separator == "" {
opts.Separator = defaultSeparator
}
// Set value.
if err := processField(val, ef, opts.Delimiter, opts.Separator, opts.NoInit); err != nil {
return fmt.Errorf("%s(%q): %w", tf.Name, val, err)
}
}
return nil
}
// keyAndOpts parses the given tag value (e.g. env:"foo,required") and
// returns the key name and options as a list.
func keyAndOpts(tag string) (string, *options, error) {
parts := strings.Split(tag, ",")
key, tagOpts := strings.TrimSpace(parts[0]), parts[1:]
if key != "" && !envvarNameRe.MatchString(key) {
return "", nil, fmt.Errorf("%q: %w ", key, ErrInvalidEnvvarName)
}
var opts options
LOOP:
for i, o := range tagOpts {
o = strings.TrimSpace(o)
switch {
case o == optOverwrite:
opts.Overwrite = true
case o == optRequired:
opts.Required = true
case o == optNoInit:
opts.NoInit = true
case strings.HasPrefix(o, optPrefix):
opts.Prefix = strings.TrimPrefix(o, optPrefix)
case strings.HasPrefix(o, optDelimiter):
opts.Delimiter = strings.TrimPrefix(o, optDelimiter)
case strings.HasPrefix(o, optSeparator):
opts.Separator = strings.TrimPrefix(o, optSeparator)
case strings.HasPrefix(o, optDefault):
// If a default value was given, assume everything after is the provided
// value, including comma-seprated items.
o = strings.TrimLeft(strings.Join(tagOpts[i:], ","), " ")
opts.Default = strings.TrimPrefix(o, optDefault)
break LOOP
default:
return "", nil, fmt.Errorf("%q: %w", o, ErrUnknownOption)
}
}
return key, &opts, nil
}
// lookup looks up the given key using the provided Lookuper and options. The
// first boolean parameter indicates whether the value was found in the
// lookuper. The second boolean parameter indicates whether the default value
// was used.
func lookup(key string, opts *options, l Lookuper) (string, bool, bool, error) {
if key == "" {
// The struct has something like `env:",required"`, which is likely a
// mistake. We could try to infer the envvar from the field name, but that
// feels too magical.
return "", false, false, ErrMissingKey
}
if opts.Required && opts.Default != "" {
// Having a default value on a required value doesn't make sense.
return "", false, false, ErrRequiredAndDefault
}
// Lookup value.
val, found := l.Lookup(key)
if !found {
if opts.Required {
if pl, ok := l.(*prefixLookuper); ok {
key = pl.prefix + key
}
return "", false, false, fmt.Errorf("%w: %s", ErrMissingRequired, key)
}
if opts.Default != "" {
// Expand the default value. This allows for a default value that maps to
// a different variable.
val = os.Expand(opts.Default, func(i string) string {
s, ok := l.Lookup(i)
if ok {
return s
}
return ""
})
return val, false, true, nil
}
}
return val, found, false, nil
}
// processAsDecoder processes the given value as a decoder or custom
// unmarshaller.
func processAsDecoder(v string, ef reflect.Value) (bool, error) {
// Keep a running error. It's possible that a property might implement
// multiple decoders, and we don't know *which* decoder will succeed. If we
// get through all of them, we'll return the most recent error.
var imp bool
var err error
// Resolve any pointers.
for ef.CanAddr() {
ef = ef.Addr()
}
if ef.CanInterface() {
iface := ef.Interface()
// If a developer chooses to implement the Decoder interface on a type,
// never attempt to use other decoders in case of failure. EnvDecode's
// decoding logic is "the right one", and the error returned (if any)
// is the most specific we can get.
if dec, ok := iface.(Decoder); ok {
imp = true
err = dec.EnvDecode(v)
return imp, err
}
if tu, ok := iface.(encoding.TextUnmarshaler); ok {
imp = true
if err = tu.UnmarshalText([]byte(v)); err == nil {
return imp, nil
}
}
if tu, ok := iface.(json.Unmarshaler); ok {
imp = true
if err = tu.UnmarshalJSON([]byte(v)); err == nil {
return imp, nil
}
}
if tu, ok := iface.(encoding.BinaryUnmarshaler); ok {
imp = true
if err = tu.UnmarshalBinary([]byte(v)); err == nil {
return imp, nil
}
}
if tu, ok := iface.(gob.GobDecoder); ok {
imp = true
if err = tu.GobDecode([]byte(v)); err == nil {
return imp, nil
}
}
}
return imp, err
}
func processField(v string, ef reflect.Value, delimiter, separator string, noInit bool) error {
// If the input value is empty and initialization is skipped, do nothing.
if v == "" && noInit {
return nil
}
// Handle pointers and uninitialized pointers.
for ef.Type().Kind() == reflect.Ptr {
if ef.IsNil() {
ef.Set(reflect.New(ef.Type().Elem()))
}
ef = ef.Elem()
}
tf := ef.Type()
tk := tf.Kind()
// Handle existing decoders.
if ok, err := processAsDecoder(v, ef); ok {
return err
}
// We don't check if the value is empty earlier, because the user might want
// to define a custom decoder and treat the empty variable as a special case.
// However, if we got this far, none of the remaining parsers will succeed, so
// bail out now.
if v == "" {
return nil
}
switch tk {
case reflect.Bool:
b, err := strconv.ParseBool(v)
if err != nil {
return err
}
ef.SetBool(b)
case reflect.Float32, reflect.Float64:
f, err := strconv.ParseFloat(v, tf.Bits())
if err != nil {
return err
}
ef.SetFloat(f)
case reflect.Int, reflect.Int8, reflect.Int16, reflect.Int32:
i, err := strconv.ParseInt(v, 0, tf.Bits())
if err != nil {
return err
}
ef.SetInt(i)
case reflect.Int64:
// Special case time.Duration values.
if tf.PkgPath() == "time" && tf.Name() == "Duration" {
d, err := time.ParseDuration(v)
if err != nil {
return err
}
ef.SetInt(int64(d))
} else {
i, err := strconv.ParseInt(v, 0, tf.Bits())
if err != nil {
return err
}
ef.SetInt(i)
}
case reflect.String:
ef.SetString(v)
case reflect.Uint, reflect.Uint8, reflect.Uint16, reflect.Uint32, reflect.Uint64, reflect.Uintptr:
i, err := strconv.ParseUint(v, 0, tf.Bits())
if err != nil {
return err
}
ef.SetUint(i)
case reflect.Interface:
return fmt.Errorf("cannot decode into interfaces")
// Maps
case reflect.Map:
vals := strings.Split(v, delimiter)
mp := reflect.MakeMapWithSize(tf, len(vals))
for _, val := range vals {
pair := strings.SplitN(val, separator, 2)
if len(pair) < 2 {
return fmt.Errorf("%s: %w", val, ErrInvalidMapItem)
}
mKey, mVal := strings.TrimSpace(pair[0]), strings.TrimSpace(pair[1])
k := reflect.New(tf.Key()).Elem()
if err := processField(mKey, k, delimiter, separator, noInit); err != nil {
return fmt.Errorf("%s: %w", mKey, err)
}
v := reflect.New(tf.Elem()).Elem()
if err := processField(mVal, v, delimiter, separator, noInit); err != nil {
return fmt.Errorf("%s: %w", mVal, err)
}
mp.SetMapIndex(k, v)
}
ef.Set(mp)
// Slices
case reflect.Slice:
// Special case: []byte
if tf.Elem().Kind() == reflect.Uint8 {
ef.Set(reflect.ValueOf([]byte(v)))
} else {
vals := strings.Split(v, delimiter)
s := reflect.MakeSlice(tf, len(vals), len(vals))
for i, val := range vals {
val = strings.TrimSpace(val)
if err := processField(val, s.Index(i), delimiter, separator, noInit); err != nil {
return fmt.Errorf("%s: %w", val, err)
}
}
ef.Set(s)
}
}
return nil
}

1
vendor/github.com/sethvargo/go-githubactions/.gitignore generated vendored
View File

@ -1 +0,0 @@
coverage.out

7
vendor/github.com/sethvargo/go-githubactions/AUTHORS generated vendored
View File

@ -1,7 +0,0 @@
# This is the list of authors for copyright purposes.
#
# This does not necessarily list everyone who has contributed code, since in
# some cases, their employer may be the copyright holder. To see the full list
# of contributors, see the revision history in source control.
Seth Vargo

202
vendor/github.com/sethvargo/go-githubactions/LICENSE generated vendored
View File

@ -1,202 +0,0 @@
Apache License
Version 2.0, January 2004
http://www.apache.org/licenses/
TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR USE, REPRODUCTION, AND DISTRIBUTION
1. Definitions.
"License" shall mean the terms and conditions for use, reproduction,
and distribution as defined by Sections 1 through 9 of this document.
"Licensor" shall mean the copyright owner or entity authorized by
the copyright owner that is granting the License.
"Legal Entity" shall mean the union of the acting entity and all
other entities that control, are controlled by, or are under common
control with that entity. For the purposes of this definition,
"control" means (i) the power, direct or indirect, to cause the
direction or management of such entity, whether by contract or
otherwise, or (ii) ownership of fifty percent (50%) or more of the
outstanding shares, or (iii) beneficial ownership of such entity.
"You" (or "Your") shall mean an individual or Legal Entity
exercising permissions granted by this License.
"Source" form shall mean the preferred form for making modifications,
including but not limited to software source code, documentation
source, and configuration files.
"Object" form shall mean any form resulting from mechanical
transformation or translation of a Source form, including but
not limited to compiled object code, generated documentation,
and conversions to other media types.
"Work" shall mean the work of authorship, whether in Source or
Object form, made available under the License, as indicated by a
copyright notice that is included in or attached to the work
(an example is provided in the Appendix below).
"Derivative Works" shall mean any work, whether in Source or Object
form, that is based on (or derived from) the Work and for which the
editorial revisions, annotations, elaborations, or other modifications
represent, as a whole, an original work of authorship. For the purposes
of this License, Derivative Works shall not include works that remain
separable from, or merely link (or bind by name) to the interfaces of,
the Work and Derivative Works thereof.
"Contribution" shall mean any work of authorship, including
the original version of the Work and any modifications or additions
to that Work or Derivative Works thereof, that is intentionally
submitted to Licensor for inclusion in the Work by the copyright owner
or by an individual or Legal Entity authorized to submit on behalf of
the copyright owner. For the purposes of this definition, "submitted"
means any form of electronic, verbal, or written communication sent
to the Licensor or its representatives, including but not limited to
communication on electronic mailing lists, source code control systems,
and issue tracking systems that are managed by, or on behalf of, the
Licensor for the purpose of discussing and improving the Work, but
excluding communication that is conspicuously marked or otherwise
designated in writing by the copyright owner as "Not a Contribution."
"Contributor" shall mean Licensor and any individual or Legal Entity
on behalf of whom a Contribution has been received by Licensor and
subsequently incorporated within the Work.
2. Grant of Copyright License. Subject to the terms and conditions of
this License, each Contributor hereby grants to You a perpetual,
worldwide, non-exclusive, no-charge, royalty-free, irrevocable
copyright license to reproduce, prepare Derivative Works of,
publicly display, publicly perform, sublicense, and distribute the
Work and such Derivative Works in Source or Object form.
3. Grant of Patent License. Subject to the terms and conditions of
this License, each Contributor hereby grants to You a perpetual,
worldwide, non-exclusive, no-charge, royalty-free, irrevocable
(except as stated in this section) patent license to make, have made,
use, offer to sell, sell, import, and otherwise transfer the Work,
where such license applies only to those patent claims licensable
by such Contributor that are necessarily infringed by their
Contribution(s) alone or by combination of their Contribution(s)
with the Work to which such Contribution(s) was submitted. If You
institute patent litigation against any entity (including a
cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that the Work
or a Contribution incorporated within the Work constitutes direct
or contributory patent infringement, then any patent licenses
granted to You under this License for that Work shall terminate
as of the date such litigation is filed.
4. Redistribution. You may reproduce and distribute copies of the
Work or Derivative Works thereof in any medium, with or without
modifications, and in Source or Object form, provided that You
meet the following conditions:
(a) You must give any other recipients of the Work or
Derivative Works a copy of this License; and
(b) You must cause any modified files to carry prominent notices
stating that You changed the files; and
(c) You must retain, in the Source form of any Derivative Works
that You distribute, all copyright, patent, trademark, and
attribution notices from the Source form of the Work,
excluding those notices that do not pertain to any part of
the Derivative Works; and
(d) If the Work includes a "NOTICE" text file as part of its
distribution, then any Derivative Works that You distribute must
include a readable copy of the attribution notices contained
within such NOTICE file, excluding those notices that do not
pertain to any part of the Derivative Works, in at least one
of the following places: within a NOTICE text file distributed
as part of the Derivative Works; within the Source form or
documentation, if provided along with the Derivative Works; or,
within a display generated by the Derivative Works, if and
wherever such third-party notices normally appear. The contents
of the NOTICE file are for informational purposes only and
do not modify the License. You may add Your own attribution
notices within Derivative Works that You distribute, alongside
or as an addendum to the NOTICE text from the Work, provided
that such additional attribution notices cannot be construed
as modifying the License.
You may add Your own copyright statement to Your modifications and
may provide additional or different license terms and conditions
for use, reproduction, or distribution of Your modifications, or
for any such Derivative Works as a whole, provided Your use,
reproduction, and distribution of the Work otherwise complies with
the conditions stated in this License.
5. Submission of Contributions. Unless You explicitly state otherwise,
any Contribution intentionally submitted for inclusion in the Work
by You to the Licensor shall be under the terms and conditions of
this License, without any additional terms or conditions.
Notwithstanding the above, nothing herein shall supersede or modify
the terms of any separate license agreement you may have executed
with Licensor regarding such Contributions.
6. Trademarks. This License does not grant permission to use the trade
names, trademarks, service marks, or product names of the Licensor,
except as required for reasonable and customary use in describing the
origin of the Work and reproducing the content of the NOTICE file.
7. Disclaimer of Warranty. Unless required by applicable law or
agreed to in writing, Licensor provides the Work (and each
Contributor provides its Contributions) on an "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or
implied, including, without limitation, any warranties or conditions
of TITLE, NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY, or FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE. You are solely responsible for determining the
appropriateness of using or redistributing the Work and assume any
risks associated with Your exercise of permissions under this License.
8. Limitation of Liability. In no event and under no legal theory,
whether in tort (including negligence), contract, or otherwise,
unless required by applicable law (such as deliberate and grossly
negligent acts) or agreed to in writing, shall any Contributor be
liable to You for damages, including any direct, indirect, special,
incidental, or consequential damages of any character arising as a
result of this License or out of the use or inability to use the
Work (including but not limited to damages for loss of goodwill,
work stoppage, computer failure or malfunction, or any and all
other commercial damages or losses), even if such Contributor
has been advised of the possibility of such damages.
9. Accepting Warranty or Additional Liability. While redistributing
the Work or Derivative Works thereof, You may choose to offer,
and charge a fee for, acceptance of support, warranty, indemnity,
or other liability obligations and/or rights consistent with this
License. However, in accepting such obligations, You may act only
on Your own behalf and on Your sole responsibility, not on behalf
of any other Contributor, and only if You agree to indemnify,
defend, and hold each Contributor harmless for any liability
incurred by, or claims asserted against, such Contributor by reason
of your accepting any such warranty or additional liability.
END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
APPENDIX: How to apply the Apache License to your work.
To apply the Apache License to your work, attach the following
boilerplate notice, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]"
replaced with your own identifying information. (Don't include
the brackets!) The text should be enclosed in the appropriate
comment syntax for the file format. We also recommend that a
file or class name and description of purpose be included on the
same "printed page" as the copyright notice for easier
identification within third-party archives.
Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner]
Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
You may obtain a copy of the License at
http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
limitations under the License.

29
vendor/github.com/sethvargo/go-githubactions/Makefile generated vendored
View File

@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
# Copyright 2020 The Authors
#
# Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
# you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
# You may obtain a copy of the License at
#
# http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
#
# Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
# distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
# WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
# See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
# limitations under the License.
test:
@go test \
-count=1 \
-short \
-timeout=5m \
./...
.PHONY: test
test-acc:
@go test \
-count=1 \
-race \
-timeout=10m \
./...
.PHONY: test-acc

150
vendor/github.com/sethvargo/go-githubactions/README.md generated vendored
View File

@ -1,150 +0,0 @@
# GitHub Actions SDK (Go)
[![GoDoc](https://img.shields.io/badge/go-documentation-blue.svg?style=flat-square)](https://pkg.go.dev/github.com/sethvargo/go-githubactions)
[![GitHub Actions](https://img.shields.io/github/workflow/status/sethvargo/go-githubactions/Test?style=flat-square)](https://github.com/sethvargo/go-githubactions/actions?query=workflow%3ATest)
This library provides an SDK for authoring [GitHub Actions][gh-actions] in Go. It has no external dependencies and provides a Go-like interface for interacting with GitHub Actions' build system.
## Installation
Download the library:
```text
$ go get -u github.com/sethvargo/go-githubactions/...
```
## Usage
The easiest way to use the library is by importing it and invoking the functions
at the root:
```go
import (
"github.com/sethvargo/go-githubactions"
)
func main() {
val := githubactions.GetInput("val")
if val == "" {
githubactions.Fatalf("missing 'val'")
}
}
```
You can also create an instance with custom fields that will be included in log messages:
```go
import (
"github.com/sethvargo/go-githubactions"
)
func main() {
actions := githubactions.WithFieldsMap(map[string]string{
"file": "myfile.js",
"line": "100",
})
val := actions.GetInput("val")
if val == "" {
actions.Fatalf("missing 'val'")
}
}
```
For more examples and API documentation, please see the [Go docs][godoc].
## Publishing
There are multiple ways to publish GitHub Actions written in Go:
- [Composite actions](https://github.com/FerretDB/github-actions/blob/2ae30fd2cdb635d8aefdaf9f770257e156c9f77b/extract-docker-tag/action.yml)
- [Pre-compiled binaries with a shim](https://full-stack.blend.com/how-we-write-github-actions-in-go.html)
- Docker containers (see below)
By default, GitHub Actions expects actions to be written in Node.js. For other languages like Go, you need to provide a `Dockerfile` and entrypoint instructions in an `action.yml` file:
```dockerfile
# your-repo/Dockerfile
FROM golang:1.18
RUN go build -o /bin/app .
ENTRYPOINT ["/bin/app"]
```
```yaml
# your-repo/action.yml
name: My action
author: My name
description: My description
runs:
using: docker
image: Dockerfile
```
And then users can import your action by the repository name:
```yaml
# their-repo/.github/workflows/thing.yml
steps:
- name: My action
uses: username/repo@latest
```
However, this will clone the entire repo and compile the Go code each time the action runs. Worse, it uses the Go base container which is a few hundred MBs and includes a ton of unnecessary things.
Fortunately, GitHub Actions can also source from a Docker container directly from Docker Hub:
```yaml
steps:
- name: My action
uses: docker://username/repo:latest
```
Now we can precompile and publish our Go Action as a Docker container, but we need to make it much, much smaller first. This can be achieved using multi-stage Docker builds:
```dockerfile
FROM golang:1.18 AS builder
ENV GO111MODULE=on \
CGO_ENABLED=0 \
GOOS=linux \
GOARCH=amd64
RUN apt-get -qq update && \
apt-get -yqq install upx
WORKDIR /src
COPY . .
RUN go build \
-ldflags "-s -w -extldflags '-static'" \
-o /bin/app \
. \
&& strip /bin/app \
&& upx -q -9 /bin/app
RUN echo "nobody:x:65534:65534:Nobody:/:" > /etc_passwd
FROM scratch
COPY --from=builder /etc/ssl/certs/ca-certificates.crt /etc/ssl/certs/
COPY --from=builder /etc_passwd /etc/passwd
COPY --from=builder --chown=65534:0 /bin/app /app
USER nobody
ENTRYPOINT ["/app"]
```
The first step, uses a fat container to build, strip, and compress the compiled Go binary. Then, in the second step, the compiled and compressed binary is copied into a scratch (bare) container along with some SSL certificates and a `nobody` user in which to execute the container.
This will usually produce an image that is less than 10MB in size, making for
much faster builds.
[gh-actions]: https://github.com/features/actions
[godoc]: https://godoc.org/github.com/sethvargo/go-githubactions

576
vendor/github.com/sethvargo/go-githubactions/actions.go generated vendored
View File

@ -1,576 +0,0 @@
// Copyright 2020 The Authors
//
// Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
// you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
// You may obtain a copy of the License at
//
// http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
//
// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
// distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
// See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
// limitations under the License.
// Package githubactions provides an SDK for authoring GitHub Actions in Go. It
// has no external dependencies and provides a Go-like interface for interacting
// with GitHub Actions' build system.
package githubactions
import (
"bytes"
"context"
"encoding/json"
"fmt"
"html/template"
"io"
"net/http"
"net/url"
"os"
"strings"
"time"
"github.com/sethvargo/go-envconfig"
)
var (
// osExit allows `os.Exit()` to be stubbed during testing.
osExit = os.Exit
)
const (
addMaskCmd = "add-mask"
envCmd = "env"
outputCmd = "output"
pathCmd = "path"
stateCmd = "state"
// https://docs.github.com/en/actions/using-workflows/workflow-commands-for-github-actions#multiline-strings
multiLineFileDelim = "_GitHubActionsFileCommandDelimeter_"
multilineFileCmd = "%s<<" + multiLineFileDelim + EOF + "%s" + EOF + multiLineFileDelim // ${name}<<${delimiter}${os.EOL}${convertedVal}${os.EOL}${delimiter}
addMatcherCmd = "add-matcher"
removeMatcherCmd = "remove-matcher"
groupCmd = "group"
endGroupCmd = "endgroup"
stepSummaryCmd = "step-summary"
debugCmd = "debug"
noticeCmd = "notice"
warningCmd = "warning"
errorCmd = "error"
errFileCmdFmt = "unable to write command to the environment file: %s"
)
// New creates a new wrapper with helpers for outputting information in GitHub
// actions format.
func New(opts ...Option) *Action {
a := &Action{
w: os.Stdout,
getenv: os.Getenv,
httpClient: &http.Client{
Timeout: 10 * time.Second,
},
}
for _, opt := range opts {
if opt == nil {
continue
}
a = opt(a)
}
return a
}
// Action is an internal wrapper around GitHub Actions' output and magic
// strings.
type Action struct {
w io.Writer
fields CommandProperties
getenv GetenvFunc
httpClient *http.Client
}
// IssueCommand issues a new GitHub actions Command. It panics if it cannot
// write to the output stream.
func (c *Action) IssueCommand(cmd *Command) {
if _, err := fmt.Fprint(c.w, cmd.String()+EOF); err != nil {
panic(fmt.Errorf("failed to issue command: %w", err))
}
}
// IssueFileCommand issues a new GitHub actions Command using environment files.
// It panics if writing to the file fails.
//
// https://docs.github.com/en/free-pro-team@latest/actions/reference/workflow-commands-for-github-actions#environment-files
//
// The TypeScript equivalent function:
//
// https://github.com/actions/toolkit/blob/4f7fb6513a355689f69f0849edeb369a4dc81729/packages/core/src/file-command.ts#L10-L23
//
// IssueFileCommand currently ignores the 'CommandProperties' field provided
// with the 'Command' argument as it's scope is unclear in the current
// TypeScript implementation.
func (c *Action) IssueFileCommand(cmd *Command) {
if err := c.issueFileCommand(cmd); err != nil {
panic(err)
}
}
// issueFileCommand is an internal-only helper that issues the command and
// returns an error to make testing easier.
func (c *Action) issueFileCommand(cmd *Command) (retErr error) {
e := strings.ReplaceAll(cmd.Name, "-", "_")
e = strings.ToUpper(e)
e = "GITHUB_" + e
filepath := c.getenv(e)
msg := []byte(cmd.Message + EOF)
f, err := os.OpenFile(filepath, os.O_APPEND|os.O_CREATE|os.O_WRONLY, 0644)
if err != nil {
retErr = fmt.Errorf(errFileCmdFmt, err)
return
}
defer func() {
if err := f.Close(); err != nil && retErr == nil {
retErr = err
}
}()
if _, err := f.Write(msg); err != nil {
retErr = fmt.Errorf(errFileCmdFmt, err)
return
}
return
}
// AddMask adds a new field mask for the given string "p". After called, future
// attempts to log "p" will be replaced with "***" in log output. It panics if
// it cannot write to the output stream.
func (c *Action) AddMask(p string) {
// ::add-mask::<p>
c.IssueCommand(&Command{
Name: addMaskCmd,
Message: p,
})
}
// AddMatcher adds a new matcher with the given file path. It panics if it
// cannot write to the output stream.
func (c *Action) AddMatcher(p string) {
// ::add-matcher::<p>
c.IssueCommand(&Command{
Name: addMatcherCmd,
Message: p,
})
}
// RemoveMatcher removes a matcher with the given owner name. It panics if it
// cannot write to the output stream.
func (c *Action) RemoveMatcher(o string) {
// ::remove-matcher owner=<o>::
c.IssueCommand(&Command{
Name: removeMatcherCmd,
Properties: CommandProperties{
"owner": o,
},
})
}
// AddPath adds the string "p" to the path for the invocation. It panics if it
// cannot write to the output file.
//
// https://docs.github.com/en/free-pro-team@latest/actions/reference/workflow-commands-for-github-actions#adding-a-system-path
// https://github.blog/changelog/2020-10-01-github-actions-deprecating-set-env-and-add-path-commands/
func (c *Action) AddPath(p string) {
c.IssueFileCommand(&Command{
Name: pathCmd,
Message: p,
})
}
// SaveState saves state to be used in the "finally" post job entry point. It
// panics if it cannot write to the output stream.
//
// On 2022-10-11, GitHub deprecated "::save-state name=<k>::<v>" in favor of
// [environment files].
//
// [environment files]: https://github.blog/changelog/2022-10-11-github-actions-deprecating-save-state-and-set-output-commands/
func (c *Action) SaveState(k, v string) {
c.IssueFileCommand(&Command{
Name: stateCmd,
Message: fmt.Sprintf(multilineFileCmd, k, v),
})
}
// GetInput gets the input by the given name. It returns the empty string if the
// input is not defined.
func (c *Action) GetInput(i string) string {
e := strings.ReplaceAll(i, " ", "_")
e = strings.ToUpper(e)
e = "INPUT_" + e
return strings.TrimSpace(c.getenv(e))
}
// Group starts a new collapsable region up to the next ungroup invocation. It
// panics if it cannot write to the output stream.
func (c *Action) Group(t string) {
// ::group::<t>
c.IssueCommand(&Command{
Name: groupCmd,
Message: t,
})
}
// EndGroup ends the current group. It panics if it cannot write to the output
// stream.
func (c *Action) EndGroup() {
// ::endgroup::
c.IssueCommand(&Command{
Name: endGroupCmd,
})
}
// AddStepSummary writes the given markdown to the job summary. If a job summary
// already exists, this value is appended.
//
// https://docs.github.com/en/actions/using-workflows/workflow-commands-for-github-actions#adding-a-job-summary
// https://github.blog/2022-05-09-supercharging-github-actions-with-job-summaries/
func (c *Action) AddStepSummary(markdown string) {
c.IssueFileCommand(&Command{
Name: stepSummaryCmd,
Message: markdown,
})
}
// AddStepSummaryTemplate adds a summary template by parsing the given Go
// template using html/template with the given input data. See AddStepSummary
// for caveats.
//
// This primarily exists as a convenience function that renders a template.
func (c *Action) AddStepSummaryTemplate(tmpl string, data any) error {
t, err := template.New("").Parse(tmpl)
if err != nil {
return fmt.Errorf("failed to parse template: %w", err)
}
var b bytes.Buffer
if err := t.Execute(&b, data); err != nil {
return fmt.Errorf("failed to execute template: %w", err)
}
c.AddStepSummary(b.String())
return nil
}
// SetEnv sets an environment variable. It panics if it cannot write to the
// output file.
//
// https://docs.github.com/en/free-pro-team@latest/actions/reference/workflow-commands-for-github-actions#setting-an-environment-variable
// https://github.blog/changelog/2020-10-01-github-actions-deprecating-set-env-and-add-path-commands/
func (c *Action) SetEnv(k, v string) {
c.IssueFileCommand(&Command{
Name: envCmd,
Message: fmt.Sprintf(multilineFileCmd, k, v),
})
}
// SetOutput sets an output parameter. It panics if it cannot write to the
// output stream.
//
// On 2022-10-11, GitHub deprecated "::set-output name=<k>::<v>" in favor of
// [environment files].
//
// [environment files]: https://github.blog/changelog/2022-10-11-github-actions-deprecating-save-state-and-set-output-commands/
func (c *Action) SetOutput(k, v string) {
c.IssueFileCommand(&Command{
Name: outputCmd,
Message: fmt.Sprintf(multilineFileCmd, k, v),
})
}
// Debugf prints a debug-level message. It follows the standard fmt.Printf
// arguments, appending an OS-specific line break to the end of the message. It
// panics if it cannot write to the output stream.
func (c *Action) Debugf(msg string, args ...any) {
// ::debug <c.fields>::<msg, args>
c.IssueCommand(&Command{
Name: debugCmd,
Message: fmt.Sprintf(msg, args...),
Properties: c.fields,
})
}
// Noticef prints a notice-level message. It follows the standard fmt.Printf
// arguments, appending an OS-specific line break to the end of the message. It
// panics if it cannot write to the output stream.
func (c *Action) Noticef(msg string, args ...any) {
// ::notice <c.fields>::<msg, args>
c.IssueCommand(&Command{
Name: noticeCmd,
Message: fmt.Sprintf(msg, args...),
Properties: c.fields,
})
}
// Warningf prints a warning-level message. It follows the standard fmt.Printf
// arguments, appending an OS-specific line break to the end of the message. It
// panics if it cannot write to the output stream.
func (c *Action) Warningf(msg string, args ...any) {
// ::warning <c.fields>::<msg, args>
c.IssueCommand(&Command{
Name: warningCmd,
Message: fmt.Sprintf(msg, args...),
Properties: c.fields,
})
}
// Errorf prints a error-level message. It follows the standard fmt.Printf
// arguments, appending an OS-specific line break to the end of the message. It
// panics if it cannot write to the output stream.
func (c *Action) Errorf(msg string, args ...any) {
// ::error <c.fields>::<msg, args>
c.IssueCommand(&Command{
Name: errorCmd,
Message: fmt.Sprintf(msg, args...),
Properties: c.fields,
})
}
// Fatalf prints a error-level message and exits. This is equivalent to Errorf
// followed by os.Exit(1).
func (c *Action) Fatalf(msg string, args ...any) {
c.Errorf(msg, args...)
osExit(1)
}
// Infof prints message to stdout without any level annotations. It follows the
// standard fmt.Printf arguments, appending an OS-specific line break to the end
// of the message. It panics if it cannot write to the output stream.
func (c *Action) Infof(msg string, args ...any) {
if _, err := fmt.Fprintf(c.w, msg+EOF, args...); err != nil {
panic(fmt.Errorf("failed to write info command: %w", err))
}
}
// WithFieldsSlice includes the provided fields in log output. "f" must be a
// slice of k=v pairs. The given slice will be sorted. It panics if any of the
// string in the given slice does not construct a valid 'key=value' pair.
func (c *Action) WithFieldsSlice(f []string) *Action {
m := make(CommandProperties)
for _, s := range f {
pair := strings.SplitN(s, "=", 2)
if len(pair) < 2 {
panic(fmt.Sprintf("%q is not a proper k=v pair!", s))
}
m[pair[0]] = pair[1]
}
return c.WithFieldsMap(m)
}
// WithFieldsMap includes the provided fields in log output. The fields in "m"
// are automatically converted to k=v pairs and sorted.
func (c *Action) WithFieldsMap(m map[string]string) *Action {
return &Action{
w: c.w,
fields: m,
getenv: c.getenv,
httpClient: c.httpClient,
}
}
// idTokenResponse is the response from minting an ID token.
type idTokenResponse struct {
Value string `json:"value,omitempty"`
}
// GetIDToken returns the GitHub OIDC token from the GitHub Actions runtime.
func (c *Action) GetIDToken(ctx context.Context, audience string) (string, error) {
requestURL := c.getenv("ACTIONS_ID_TOKEN_REQUEST_URL")
if requestURL == "" {
return "", fmt.Errorf("missing ACTIONS_ID_TOKEN_REQUEST_URL in environment")
}
requestToken := c.getenv("ACTIONS_ID_TOKEN_REQUEST_TOKEN")
if requestToken == "" {
return "", fmt.Errorf("missing ACTIONS_ID_TOKEN_REQUEST_TOKEN in environment")
}
u, err := url.Parse(requestURL)
if err != nil {
return "", fmt.Errorf("failed to parse request URL: %w", err)
}
if audience != "" {
q := u.Query()
q.Set("audience", audience)
u.RawQuery = q.Encode()
}
req, err := http.NewRequestWithContext(ctx, "GET", u.String(), nil)
if err != nil {
return "", fmt.Errorf("failed to create HTTP request: %w", err)
}
req.Header.Set("Authorization", "Bearer "+requestToken)
resp, err := c.httpClient.Do(req)
if err != nil {
return "", fmt.Errorf("failed to make HTTP request: %w", err)
}
defer resp.Body.Close()
// This has moved to the io package in Go 1.16, but we still support up to Go
// 1.13 for now.
body, err := io.ReadAll(io.LimitReader(resp.Body, 64*1000))
if err != nil {
return "", fmt.Errorf("failed to read response body: %w", err)
}
body = bytes.TrimSpace(body)
if resp.StatusCode != 200 {
return "", fmt.Errorf("non-successful response from minting OIDC token: %s", body)
}
var tokenResp idTokenResponse
if err := json.Unmarshal(body, &tokenResp); err != nil {
return "", fmt.Errorf("failed to process response as JSON: %w", err)
}
return tokenResp.Value, nil
}
// Getenv retrieves the value of the environment variable named by the key.
// It uses an internal function that can be set with `WithGetenv`.
func (c *Action) Getenv(key string) string {
return c.getenv(key)
}
// GetenvFunc is an abstraction to make tests feasible for commands that
// interact with environment variables.
type GetenvFunc func(key string) string
// GitHubContext of current workflow.
//
// See: https://docs.github.com/en/actions/learn-github-actions/environment-variables
type GitHubContext struct {
Action string `env:"GITHUB_ACTION"`
ActionPath string `env:"GITHUB_ACTION_PATH"`
ActionRepository string `env:"GITHUB_ACTION_REPOSITORY"`
Actions bool `env:"GITHUB_ACTIONS"`
Actor string `env:"GITHUB_ACTOR"`
APIURL string `env:"GITHUB_API_URL,default=https://api.github.com"`
BaseRef string `env:"GITHUB_BASE_REF"`
Env string `env:"GITHUB_ENV"`
EventName string `env:"GITHUB_EVENT_NAME"`
EventPath string `env:"GITHUB_EVENT_PATH"`
GraphqlURL string `env:"GITHUB_GRAPHQL_URL,default=https://api.github.com/graphql"`
HeadRef string `env:"GITHUB_HEAD_REF"`
Job string `env:"GITHUB_JOB"`
Path string `env:"GITHUB_PATH"`
Ref string `env:"GITHUB_REF"`
RefName string `env:"GITHUB_REF_NAME"`
RefProtected bool `env:"GITHUB_REF_PROTECTED"`
RefType string `env:"GITHUB_REF_TYPE"`
// Repository is the owner and repository name. For example, octocat/Hello-World
// It is not recommended to use this field to acquire the repository name
// but to use the Repo method instead.
Repository string `env:"GITHUB_REPOSITORY"`
// RepositoryOwner is the repository owner. For example, octocat
// It is not recommended to use this field to acquire the repository owner
// but to use the Repo method instead.
RepositoryOwner string `env:"GITHUB_REPOSITORY_OWNER"`
RetentionDays int64 `env:"GITHUB_RETENTION_DAYS"`
RunAttempt int64 `env:"GITHUB_RUN_ATTEMPT"`
RunID int64 `env:"GITHUB_RUN_ID"`
RunNumber int64 `env:"GITHUB_RUN_NUMBER"`
ServerURL string `env:"GITHUB_SERVER_URL,default=https://github.com"`
SHA string `env:"GITHUB_SHA"`
StepSummary string `env:"GITHUB_STEP_SUMMARY"`
Workflow string `env:"GITHUB_WORKFLOW"`
Workspace string `env:"GITHUB_WORKSPACE"`
// Event is populated by parsing the file at EventPath, if it exists.
Event map[string]any
}
// Repo returns the username of the repository owner and repository name.
func (c *GitHubContext) Repo() (string, string) {
if c == nil {
return "", ""
}
// Based on https://github.com/actions/toolkit/blob/main/packages/github/src/context.ts
if c.Repository != "" {
parts := strings.SplitN(c.Repository, "/", 2)
if len(parts) == 1 {
return parts[0], ""
}
return parts[0], parts[1]
}
// If c.Repository is empty attempt to get the repo from the Event data.
var repoName string
// NOTE: differs from context.ts. Fall back to GITHUB_REPOSITORY_OWNER
ownerName := c.RepositoryOwner
if c.Event != nil {
if repo, ok := c.Event["repository"].(map[string]any); ok {
if name, ok := repo["name"].(string); ok {
repoName = name
}
if owner, ok := repo["owner"].(map[string]any); ok {
if name, ok := owner["name"].(string); ok {
ownerName = name
}
}
}
}
return ownerName, repoName
}
// Context returns the context of current action with the payload object
// that triggered the workflow
func (c *Action) Context() (*GitHubContext, error) {
ctx := context.Background()
lookuper := &wrappedLookuper{f: c.getenv}
var githubContext GitHubContext
if err := envconfig.ProcessWith(ctx, &githubContext, lookuper); err != nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("could not process github context variables: %w", err)
}
if githubContext.EventPath != "" {
eventData, err := os.ReadFile(githubContext.EventPath)
if err != nil && !os.IsNotExist(err) {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("could not read event file: %w", err)
}
if eventData != nil {
if err := json.Unmarshal(eventData, &githubContext.Event); err != nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("failed to unmarshal event payload: %w", err)
}
}
}
return &githubContext, nil
}
// wrappedLookuper creates a lookuper that wraps a given getenv func.
type wrappedLookuper struct {
f GetenvFunc
}
// Lookup implements a custom lookuper.
func (w *wrappedLookuper) Lookup(key string) (string, bool) {
if v := w.f(key); v != "" {
return v, true
}
return "", false
}

156
vendor/github.com/sethvargo/go-githubactions/actions_root.go generated vendored
View File

@ -1,156 +0,0 @@
// Copyright 2020 The Authors
//
// Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
// you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
// You may obtain a copy of the License at
//
// http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
//
// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
// distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
// See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
// limitations under the License.
package githubactions
import (
"context"
)
var (
defaultAction = New()
)
// IssueCommand issues an arbitrary GitHub actions Command.
func IssueCommand(cmd *Command) {
defaultAction.IssueCommand(cmd)
}
// IssueFileCommand issues a new GitHub actions Command using environment files.
func IssueFileCommand(cmd *Command) {
defaultAction.IssueFileCommand(cmd)
}
// AddMask adds a new field mask for the given string "p". After called, future
// attempts to log "p" will be replaced with "***" in log output.
func AddMask(p string) {
defaultAction.AddMask(p)
}
// AddMatcher adds a new matcher with the given file path.
func AddMatcher(p string) {
defaultAction.AddMatcher(p)
}
// RemoveMatcher removes a matcher with the given owner name.
func RemoveMatcher(o string) {
defaultAction.RemoveMatcher(o)
}
// AddPath adds the string "p" to the path for the invocation.
func AddPath(p string) {
defaultAction.AddPath(p)
}
// SaveState saves state to be used in the "finally" post job entry point.
func SaveState(k, v string) {
defaultAction.SaveState(k, v)
}
// GetInput gets the input by the given name.
func GetInput(i string) string {
return defaultAction.GetInput(i)
}
// Group starts a new collapsable region up to the next ungroup invocation.
func Group(t string) {
defaultAction.Group(t)
}
// EndGroup ends the current group.
func EndGroup() {
defaultAction.EndGroup()
}
// AddStepSummary writes the given markdown to the job summary. If a job summary
// already exists, this value is appended.
func AddStepSummary(markdown string) {
defaultAction.AddStepSummary(markdown)
}
// AddStepSummaryTemplate adds a summary template by parsing the given Go
// template using html/template with the given input data. See AddStepSummary
// for caveats.
//
// This primarily exists as a convenience function that renders a template.
func AddStepSummaryTemplate(tmpl string, data any) error {
return defaultAction.AddStepSummaryTemplate(tmpl, data)
}
// SetEnv sets an environment variable.
func SetEnv(k, v string) {
defaultAction.SetEnv(k, v)
}
// SetOutput sets an output parameter.
func SetOutput(k, v string) {
defaultAction.SetOutput(k, v)
}
// Debugf prints a debug-level message. The arguments follow the standard Printf
// arguments.
func Debugf(msg string, args ...any) {
defaultAction.Debugf(msg, args...)
}
// Noticef prints a notice-level message. The arguments follow the standard
// Printf arguments.
func Noticef(msg string, args ...any) {
defaultAction.Noticef(msg, args...)
}
// Errorf prints a error-level message. The arguments follow the standard Printf
// arguments.
func Errorf(msg string, args ...any) {
defaultAction.Errorf(msg, args...)
}
// Fatalf prints a error-level message and exits. This is equivalent to Errorf
// followed by os.Exit(1).
func Fatalf(msg string, args ...any) {
defaultAction.Fatalf(msg, args...)
}
// Infof prints a info-level message. The arguments follow the standard Printf
// arguments.
func Infof(msg string, args ...any) {
defaultAction.Infof(msg, args...)
}
// Warningf prints a warning-level message. The arguments follow the standard
// Printf arguments.
func Warningf(msg string, args ...any) {
defaultAction.Warningf(msg, args...)
}
// WithFieldsSlice includes the provided fields in log output. "f" must be a
// slice of k=v pairs. The given slice will be sorted.
func WithFieldsSlice(f []string) *Action {
return defaultAction.WithFieldsSlice(f)
}
// WithFieldsMap includes the provided fields in log output. The fields in "m"
// are automatically converted to k=v pairs and sorted.
func WithFieldsMap(m map[string]string) *Action {
return defaultAction.WithFieldsMap(m)
}
// GetIDToken returns the GitHub OIDC token from the GitHub Actions runtime.
func GetIDToken(ctx context.Context, audience string) (string, error) {
return defaultAction.GetIDToken(ctx, audience)
}
func Context() (*GitHubContext, error) {
return defaultAction.Context()
}

112
vendor/github.com/sethvargo/go-githubactions/command.go generated vendored
View File

@ -1,112 +0,0 @@
// Copyright 2020 The Authors
//
// Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
// you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
// You may obtain a copy of the License at
//
// http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
//
// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
// distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
// See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
// limitations under the License.
package githubactions
import (
"fmt"
"sort"
"strings"
)
const (
cmdSeparator = "::"
cmdPropertiesPrefix = " "
)
// CommandProperties is a named "map[string]string" type to hold key-value pairs
// passed to an actions command.
type CommandProperties map[string]string
// String encodes the CommandProperties to a string as comma separated
// 'key=value' pairs. The pairs are joined in a chronological order.
func (props *CommandProperties) String() string {
l := make([]string, 0, len(*props))
for k, v := range *props {
l = append(l, fmt.Sprintf("%s=%s", k, escapeProperty(v)))
}
sort.Strings(l)
return strings.Join(l, ",")
}
// Command can be issued by a GitHub action by writing to `stdout` with
// following format.
//
// ::name key=value,key=value::message
//
// Examples:
// ::warning::This is the message
// ::set-env name=MY_VAR::some value
type Command struct {
Name string
Message string
Properties CommandProperties
}
// String encodes the Command to a string in the following format:
//
// ::name key=value,key=value::message
func (cmd *Command) String() string {
// https://github.com/actions/toolkit/blob/9ad01e4fd30025e8858650d38e95cfe9193a3222/packages/core/src/command.ts#L43-L45
if cmd.Name == "" {
cmd.Name = "missing.command"
}
var builder strings.Builder
builder.WriteString(cmdSeparator)
builder.WriteString(cmd.Name)
if len(cmd.Properties) > 0 {
builder.WriteString(cmdPropertiesPrefix)
builder.WriteString(cmd.Properties.String())
}
builder.WriteString(cmdSeparator)
builder.WriteString(escapeData(cmd.Message))
return builder.String()
}
// escapeData escapes string values for presentation in the output of a command.
// This is a not-so-well-documented requirement of commands that define a
// message:
//
// https://github.com/actions/toolkit/blob/9ad01e4fd30025e8858650d38e95cfe9193a3222/packages/core/src/command.ts#L74
//
// The equivalent toolkit function can be found here:
//
// https://github.com/actions/toolkit/blob/9ad01e4fd30025e8858650d38e95cfe9193a3222/packages/core/src/command.ts#L92
//
func escapeData(v string) string {
v = strings.ReplaceAll(v, "%", "%25")
v = strings.ReplaceAll(v, "\r", "%0D")
v = strings.ReplaceAll(v, "\n", "%0A")
return v
}
// escapeData escapes command property values for presentation in the output of
// a command.
//
// https://github.com/actions/toolkit/blob/9ad01e4fd30025e8858650d38e95cfe9193a3222/packages/core/src/command.ts#L68
//
// The equivalent toolkit function can be found here:
//
// https://github.com/actions/toolkit/blob/1cc56db0ff126f4d65aeb83798852e02a2c180c3/packages/core/src/command.ts#L99-L106
func escapeProperty(v string) string {
v = strings.ReplaceAll(v, "%", "%25")
v = strings.ReplaceAll(v, "\r", "%0D")
v = strings.ReplaceAll(v, "\n", "%0A")
v = strings.ReplaceAll(v, ":", "%3A")
v = strings.ReplaceAll(v, ",", "%2C")
return v
}

20
vendor/github.com/sethvargo/go-githubactions/eof_crlf.go generated vendored
View File

@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
// Copyright 2021 The Authors
//
// Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
// you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
// You may obtain a copy of the License at
//
// http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
//
// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
// distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
// See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
// limitations under the License.
//go:build windows
// +build windows
package githubactions
const EOF = "\r\n"

20
vendor/github.com/sethvargo/go-githubactions/eof_lf.go generated vendored
View File

@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
// Copyright 2021 The Authors
//
// Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
// you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
// You may obtain a copy of the License at
//
// http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
//
// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
// distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
// See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
// limitations under the License.
//go:build !windows
// +build !windows
package githubactions
const EOF = "\n"

59
vendor/github.com/sethvargo/go-githubactions/options.go generated vendored
View File

@ -1,59 +0,0 @@
// Copyright 2021 The Authors
//
// Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
// you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
// You may obtain a copy of the License at
//
// http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
//
// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
// distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
// See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
// limitations under the License.
package githubactions
import (
"io"
"net/http"
)
// Option is a modifier for an Action.
type Option func(*Action) *Action
// WithWriter sets the writer function on an Action. By default, this will
// be `os.Stdout` from the standard library.
func WithWriter(w io.Writer) Option {
return func(a *Action) *Action {
a.w = w
return a
}
}
// WithFields sets the extra command field on an Action.
func WithFields(fields CommandProperties) Option {
return func(a *Action) *Action {
a.fields = fields
return a
}
}
// WithGetenv sets the `Getenv` function on an Action. By default, this will
// be `os.Getenv` from the standard library.
func WithGetenv(getenv GetenvFunc) Option {
return func(a *Action) *Action {
a.getenv = getenv
return a
}
}
// WithHTTPClient sets a custom HTTP client on the action. This is only used
// when the action makes output HTTP requests (such as generating an OIDC
// token).
func WithHTTPClient(c *http.Client) Option {
return func(a *Action) *Action {
a.httpClient = c
return a
}
}

12
vendor/modules.txt vendored
View File

@ -1,12 +0,0 @@
# code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea v0.15.1
## explicit; go 1.13
code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea
# github.com/hashicorp/go-version v1.2.1
## explicit
github.com/hashicorp/go-version
# github.com/sethvargo/go-envconfig v0.8.0
## explicit; go 1.17
github.com/sethvargo/go-envconfig
# github.com/sethvargo/go-githubactions v1.1.0
## explicit; go 1.18
github.com/sethvargo/go-githubactions